Salt forms of ALPK1 activators
Patent Information
- Application Number
- PCT/CN2024/135615
- Authority / Receiving Office
- WO · WO
- Patent Type
- Applications
- Current Assignee / Owner
- Priority Date
- 2024-08-14
- Filing Date
- 2024-11-29
- Publication Date
- 2025-06-26
AI Technical Summary
The stability of ALPK1 activators is compromised during large-scale lyophilization, especially in acidic environments, leading to decomposition and quality issues.
Converting the free acid form of ALPK1 activators into stable salt forms, including sodium, calcium, potassium, ammonium, and zinc salts, which exhibit improved stability.
The salt forms of ALPK1 activators demonstrate enhanced stability, with the di-sodium salt showing the best stability, effectively addressing the decomposition issues encountered in acidic environments.
Smart Images

Figure CN2024135615_26062025_PF_FP_ABST
Abstract
Description
Salt forms of ALPK1 activatorsTECHNICAL FIELDThis disclosure features salt forms of ALPK1 activators, such as the compound of Formula (X) , and / or hydrate, and / or cocrystal, and / or tautomer, and / or stereoisomer, and / or stable isotope, and / or prodrug thereof. This disclosure also features compositions of the salt form.BACKGROUNDAlpha kinase 1 (ALPK1) has previously been identified as having a critical role in the immune system with respect to responding to bacterial infection. ALPK1 is a host cytosolic protein serving as the receptor for ADP-Heptose, a natural bacterial product, during biosynthesis of LPS. When ADP-Heptose binds ALPK1, the kinase activity of ALPK1 is activated, inducing TRAF-interacting protein with a forkhead-associated domain (TIFA) phosphorylation. Ultimately, the NF-κB pathway is activated and enhances cytokine transcription, leading to the activation of host immune system. (Gaudet et al., 2015; Milivojevic et al., 2017; Zimmermann et al., 2017; Zhou et al., 2018; Pfannkuch et al., 2019)A variety of studies and clinical trials have demonstrated that boosting immune responses by ALPK1 activators benefits patients suffering from diseases, such as cancer and immune and / or inflammatory diseases.Salt forms of ALPK1 activators that are stable at various conditions are needed in the art.SUMMARYThis disclosure features salt forms of ALPK1 activators, such as the compound of Formula (X) , and / or hydrate, and / or cocrystal, and / or tautomer, and / or stereoisomer, and / or stable isotope, and / or prodrug thereof. This disclosure also features compositions of the salt form.It was found in the development of ALPK1 activators, that the lyophilized molecule, after it was purified by prep-HPLC, was not stable at various conditions. During large scale lyophilization, acidic environments caused decomposition to an extent that affected quality.In view of stability issues, a novel strategy was designed to convert free acid to its salt forms, which include sodium salt, calcium salt, potassium salt, ammonium salt and zinc salt. The salt forms show much better stability, especially the di-sodium salt showed the best stability.In one aspect, this disclosure features a salt of the compound of Formula (X) :or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof, wherein:RX, RY, R1, R2, R3, R3a, R4a, R4b, R5a, R5b, R6, R7, A, L1, L2, L3, Y0, Y1, Y2, and Y3 can be as defined anywhere herein;and wherein the salt is a sodium salt, calcium salt, potassium salt, ammonium salt, or zinc salt.In one aspect, pharmaceutical compositions are featured that include a salt described herein and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.Embodiments can include one or more of the following features.The chemical entities disclosed herein can be administered in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents. For example, the chemical entities disclosed herein can be administered with one or more immunotherapeutic agents. The one or more immunotherapeutic agents can comprise a small molecule, an antibody, and / or a cytokine. In some embodiments, the immunotherapeutic agent is an inhibitor / antagonist of an inhibitory (including co-inhibitory) immune checkpoint. In some embodiments, the immunotherapeutic agent is an antagonist of an inhibitory / co-inhibitory immune checkpoint. In some embodiments, the immunotherapeutic agent is an agonist of a stimulatory / co-stimulatory receptor.Non-limiting examples of immune checkpoints include PD-1 and PD-L1. In some embodiments, the immunotherapeutic is a therapeutic monoclonal antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is selected from the group consisting nivolumab, pembrolizumab, pidilizumab, cemiplimab, camrelizumab, tislelizumab, BMS-936559, atezolizumab, durvalumab, and avelumab. In some embodiments, the antibody is nivolumab or pembrolizumab. In some embodiments, the immune checkpoint is CTLA-4. In some embodiments, the antibody is ipilimumab. In some embodiments, the immune checkpoint is TIGIT. In some embodiments, the antibody is an inhibitory antibody of TIGIT.In some embodiments, the immunotherapeutic agent is an activator / agonist of a stimulatory (including co-stimulatory) signal on immune cells, (e.g., T cells) . The stimulatory / co-stimulatory proteins for the combination therapy of the invention are noted herein. In some embodiments, the stimulatory proteins include, but are not limited to, 4-1BB or OX40. In some embodiments, the agonist is a therapeutic monoclonal antibody specific for the activation 4-1BB or OX40.The subject can have cancer, e.g., the subject has undergone and / or is undergoing and / or will undergo one or more cancer therapies.Non-limiting examples of cancer include melanoma, cervical cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, hepatocellular cancer, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, urothelial carcinoma, bladder cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, sarcoma, colorectal adenocarcinoma, gastrointestinal stromal tumors, gastroesophageal carcinoma, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, kidney cancer, hepatocellular cancer, malignant mesothelioma, leukemia, lymphoma, myelodysplasia syndrome, multiple myeloma, transitional cell carcinoma, neuroblastoma, plasma cell neoplasms, Wilm's tumor, or hepatocellular carcinoma. In certain embodiments, the cancer can be a refractory cancer.The chemical entity can be administered via administering comprises intramuscular, intraperitoneal, or intravenous administration.The chemical entity can be administered intratumorally.The methods can further include identifying the subject.Other embodiments include those described in the Detailed Description and / or in the claims.Additional DefinitionsTo facilitate understanding of the disclosure set forth herein, a number of additional terms are defined below. Generally, the nomenclature used herein and the laboratory procedures in organic chemistry, medicinal chemistry, and pharmacology described herein are those well-known and commonly employed in the art, for example, the nomenclature can be generated by using the software ChemDraw. Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein generally have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this disclosure belongs. Each of the patents, applications, published applications, and other publications that are mentioned throughout the specification and the attached appendices are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.The term “comprising” , “including” , “having” , or “containing” means “including but not limited to” as well as “consisting of’ , e.g. a composition “comprising” X may consist exclusively of X or may include something additional e.g. X + Y. Additionally, whenever “comprising” or another open-ended term is used in an embodiment, it is to be understood that the same embodiment can be more narrowly claimed using the intermediate term “consisting essentially of’ or the closed term “consisting of” . As used herein, the articles “a” and “an” refer to one or to more than one (e.g., to at least one) of the grammatical object of the article. The term “or” is used herein to mean, and is used interchangeably with, the term “and / or” , unless context clearly indicates otherwise.As used herein, the term “ALPK1 agonists” refers to any compound that can activate the kinase activity of ALPK1, and consequently increase and / or stimulate an immune response. ALPK1 kinase activity is measured by the TIFA (TRAF-interacting protein with fork head-associated domain) phosphorylation assay as described herein. Non-limiting examples include: UDPS-Heptose, ADPS-Heptose, or CDPS-Heptose. In some embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consisting of compounds of Formula (X) , Formula (I-h) , Formula (I-h-1) , Formula (I-h-2) , Formula (I-h-3) , Formula (I-h-4) , Formula (I-h-5) , Formula (I-k) , Formula (I-k-1) , Formula (I-k-2) , Formula (I-k-3) , Formula (I-k-4) , or Formula (I-k-5) (hereinafter referred to as “Formulae disclosed herein” ) .As used herein, the “immunotherapy agent” or “immune modulator” refers to a small molecule drug, antibody, or other biologic molecules. In some embodiments, the modulator is used to inhibit an inhibitory immune receptor signal on T-cells, and / or other immune cells, such as dendritic cells. In some embodiments, the modulator is used to enhance and / or stimulate a co-stimulatory immune receptor signal on T-cells, and / or other immune cells, such as dendritic cells. In some embodiments, the biologic immune modulator includes, but is not limited to, cancer vaccines, antibodies, and cytokines. In some embodiments, the antibody is a monoclonal antibody. In another aspect, the monoclonal antibody is humanized.The terms “treat, ” “treating, ” and “treatment, ” in the context of treating a disease, disorder, or condition are meant to include alleviating or abrogating a disorder, disease, or condition, or one or more of the symptoms associated with the disorder, disease, or condition; or slowing the progression, spread or worsening of a disease, disorder or condition or of one or more symptoms thereof. Often, the beneficial effects that a subject derives from a therapeutic agent do not result in a complete cure of the disease, disorder or condition. In some embodiments, the terms “treat, ” “treating, ” and “treatment, ” include virologically curing a viral disorder, disease, or condition; reducing viral shedding; decreasing viral RNA load (e.g., a measured by PCR) ; reducing the length of stay in a hospital; reducing the length of stay in an infectious disease unit and / or intensive care unit; or slowing (including stopping) the progression / development of respiratory (or other serious) symptoms.The “treatment of cancer” , refers to one or more of the following effects: (1) inhibition, to some extent, of tumor growth, including, (i) slowing down and (ii) complete growth arrest; (2) reduction in the number of tumor cells; (3) maintaining tumor size; (4) reduction in tumor size; (5) inhibition, including (i) reduction, (ii) slowing down or (iii) complete prevention, of tumor cell infiltration into peripheral organs; (6) inhibition, including (i) reduction, (ii) slowing down or (iii) complete prevention, of metastasis; (7) enhancement of anti-tumor immune response, which may result in (i) maintaining tumor size, (ii) reducing tumor size, (iii) slowing the growth of a tumor, (iv) reducing, slowing or preventing invasion and / or (8) relief, to some extent, of the severity or number of one or more symptoms associated with the disorder.The term “therapeutically effective amount” refers to the amount of a drug or other pharmaceutical agent (e.g., a compound disclosed herein) , that will elicit the biological and / or medical response of a tissue, system, animal or human (e.g., subject or patient) that is being sought, for instance, by a researcher or clinician. Furthermore, the term “therapeutically effective amount” means any amount, as compared to a corresponding subject (e.g., patient) who has not received such amount, which is sufficient to decrease the rate of advancement of, prevent development of, or alleviate to some extent, one or more of the symptoms of the condition or disorder being treated. The therapeutically effective amount will vary depending on the compound, the disease and its severity and the age, weight, etc., of the mammal to be treated. In addition, the therapeutically effective amount can be administered in one or more administrations, applications or dosages and is not intended to be limited to a particular formulation or administration route.As used herein, the term “subject or patient” used interchangeably herein refers to an animal, including, but not limited to, a primate (e.g., human) , monkey, cow, pig, sheep, goat, horse, dog, cat, rabbit, rat, or mouse. In some embodiments, the subject is a human to be treated by the methods and compositions of the present disclosure. In some embodiments, the methods described herein further include the step of identifying a subject (e.g., a patient) in need of such treatment (e.g., by way of biopsy, endoscopy, or other conventional method known in the art) . In some embodiments, the chemical entities, methods, and compositions described herein can be administered to certain treatment-resistant patient populations (e.g., patients resistant to checkpoint inhibitors; e.g., patients having one or more cold tumors, e.g., tumors lacking T-cells or exhausted T-cells) .The term “vaccine” refers to a biological preparation administered to a human or animal in order to elicit or enhance a specific immune response and / or protection against one or more antigens in that human or animal. In some embodiments, the vaccine is a cancer vaccine against one or more antigens of cancer cell.The term “adjuvant” refers to a secondary therapeutic substance that is administered together (either sequentially in any order, or concurrently) with a primary therapeutic substance to achieve some kind of complimentary, synergic or otherwise beneficial effect that could not be achieved through use of the primary therapeutic substance alone. An adjuvant can be used together with a vaccine, chemotherapy, or some other therapeutic substance. Adjuvants can enhance the efficacy of the primary therapeutic substance, reduce the toxicity or side effects of the primary therapeutic substance, or provide some kind of protection to the subject that receives the primary therapeutic substance, such as, but not limited to, improved functioning of the immune system.As used herein, the term “cancer” refers to the physiological condition in subjects that is characterized by unregulated or dysregulated cell growth or death. The term "cancer" includes solid tumors and blood-born tumors, whether malignant or benign.The term “acceptable” with respect to a formulation, composition or ingredient, as used herein, means having no persistent detrimental effect on the general health of the subject being treated.“API” refers to an active pharmaceutical ingredient.The term “excipient” or “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” means a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition, or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, carrier, solvent, or encapsulating material. In one embodiment, each component is “pharmaceutically acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of a pharmaceutical formulation, and suitable for use in contact with the tissue or organ of humans and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, immunogenicity, or other problems or complications, commensurate with a reasonable benefit / risk ratio. See, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st ed.; Lippincott Williams &Wilkins: Philadelphia, PA, 2005; Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, 6th ed.; Rowe et al., Eds.; The Pharmaceutical Press and the American Pharmaceutical Association: 2009; Handbook of Pharmaceutical Additives, 3rd ed.; Ash and Ash Eds.; Gower Publishing Company: 2007; Pharmaceutical Preformulation and Formulation, 2nd ed.; Gibson Ed.; CRC Press LLC: Boca Raton, FL, 2009.The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a formulation of a compound that does not cause significant irritation to an organism to which it is administered and does not abrogate the biological activity and properties of the compound. In certain instances, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are obtained by reacting a compound described herein, with acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid and the like. In some instances, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are obtained by reacting a compound having acidic group described herein with a base to form a salt such as an ammonium salt, an alkali metal salt, such as a sodium or a potassium salt, an alkaline earth metal salt, such as a calcium or a magnesium salt, a salt of organic bases such as dicyclohexylamine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, tris (hydroxymethyl) methylamine, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine, and the like, or by other methods previously determined. The pharmacologically acceptable salt s not specifically limited as far as it can be used in medicaments. Examples of a salt that the compounds described hereinform with a base include the following: salts thereof with inorganic bases such as sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, and aluminum; salts thereof with organic bases such as methylamine, ethylamine and ethanolamine; salts thereof with basic amino acids such as lysine and ornithine; and ammonium salt. The salts may be acid addition salts, which are specifically exemplified by acid addition salts with the following: mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, and phosphoric acid: organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, lactic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, methanesulfonic acid, and ethanesulfonic acid; acidic amino acids such as aspartic acid and glutamic acid.Compounds described herein can comprise one or more asymmetric centers, and thus can exist in various stereoisomeric forms, e.g., enantiomers and / or diastereomers. For example, the compounds described herein can be in the form of an individual enantiomer, diastereomer or geometric isomer (such as cis-and trans-isomer) , or can be in the form of a mixture of stereoisomers, including racemic mixtures and mixtures enriched in one or more stereoisomer. Isomers can be isolated from mixtures by methods known to those skilled in the art, including chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and the formation and crystallization of chiral salts; or preferred isomers can be prepared by asymmetric syntheses.In addition, prodrugs are also included within the context of the present disclosure. The term "prodrug" as used herein refers to a compound which is converted in vivo to an active form thereof having a medical effect by, for example, hydrolysis in blood. Pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs are described in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Prodrugs as Novel Delivery Systems, A.C.S. Symposium Series, Vol. 14, Edward B. Roche, ed., Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, and D. Fleisher, S. Ramon and H. Barbra “Improved oral drug delivery: solubility limitations overcome by the use of prodrugs” , Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews (1996) 19 (2) 115-130, each is incorporated herein by reference.A prodrug is any covalently bonded carrier which, when administered to a patient, releases the compound of formula (I) in vivo. Prodrugs are typically prepared by modifying functional groups in such a way that the modifications can be cleaved by routine manipulation or in vivo to yield the parent compound. Prodrugs include, for example, compounds disclosed herein wherein a hydroxy, amine or sulfhydryl group is bonded to any group which, when administered to a patient, can be cleaved to form a hydroxy, amine or sulfhydryl group. Thus, representative examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol, mercapto and amine functional groups of the compounds of formula (I) . Further, in the case of a carboxylic acid (-COOH) , an ester such as a methyl ester, an ethyl ester or the like can be used. The ester itself may be active and / or may hydrolyze under conditions in human bodies. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable hydrolysable in vivo ester groups include those groups which readily decompose in the human body to release the parent acid or a salt thereof.Also disclosed herein are all suitable isotopical derivertives of the compounds disclosed herein. An isotope derivative of a compound disclosed herein is defined as wherein at least one atom is replaced by an atom having the same atomic number but differing in atomic mass from the atomic mass typically found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be listed as compounds disclosed herein include hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine, and chlorine isotopes, such as 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 17O, 18O, 18F, 31P, 32P, 35S and36Cl, respectively. Certain isotopical derivertives of the compounds disclosed herein, such as the radioisotopes of3H and 14C, are also among them and are useful in the tissue distribution experiments of drugs and substrates. Tritium, i.e., 3H, and carbon-14, i.e., 14C, are easier to prepare and detect and are the first choice for isotopes. In addition, substitution with isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., 2H, has advantages in some therapies due to its good metabolic stability, for example, increased half-life in vivo or reduced dosage, and thus priority may be given in some cases. Isotopical derivertives of the compounds disclosed herein can be prepared by conventional procedures, for example by descriptive methods or by the preparations described in the Examples below, using appropriate isotopic derivatives of the appropriate reagents. The term “stable isotope” refers to those exist stably in nature.The term “pharmaceutical composition” refers to a mixture of a compound described herein with other chemical components (referred to collectively herein as “excipients” ) , such as carriers, stabilizers, diluents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, and / or thickening agents. The pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism. Multiple techniques of administering a compound exist in the art including, but not limited to: rectal, oral, intravenous, aerosol, parenteral, ophthalmic, pulmonary, and topical administration.The term "halo" refers to fluoro (F) , chloro (Cl) , bromo (Br) , or iodo (I) .The term "alkyl" refers to a saturated acyclic hydrocarbon radical that may be a straight chain or branched chain, containing the indicated number of carbon atoms. For example, C1-10 indicates that the group may have from 1 to 10 (inclusive) carbon atoms in it. Alkyl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents. Non-limiting examples include methyl, ethyl, iso-propyl, tert-butyl, n-hexyl. The term “saturated” as used in this context means only single bonds present between constituent carbon atoms and other available valences occupied by hydrogen and / or other substituents as defined herein.The term "haloalkyl" refers to an alkyl, in which one or more hydrogen atoms is / are replaced with an independently selected halo.The term "alkoxy" refers to an -O-alkyl radical (e.g., -OCH3) .The term "alkylene" refers to a divalent alkyl (e.g., -CH2-) .The term "alkenyl" refers to an acyclic hydrocarbon chain that may be a straight chain or branched chain having one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. The alkenyl moiety contains the indicated number of carbon atoms. For example, C2-6 indicates that the group may have from 2 to 6 (inclusive) carbon atoms in it. Alkenyl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents. The term “alkenyl” also includes an acyclic hydrocarbon chain with cumulated diene, i.e., two adjacent carbon-carbon double bonds are present and one carbon atom is common to two carbon-carbon double bonds, for example,The term "alkynyl" refers to an acyclic hydrocarbon chain that may be a straight chain or branched chain having one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds. The alkynyl moiety contains the indicated number of carbon atoms. For example, C2-6 indicates that the group may have from 2 to 6 (inclusive) carbon atoms in it. Alkynyl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents.The term "aryl" refers to a 6-20 carbon mono-, bi-, tri-or polycyclic group wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic (e.g., 6-carbon monocyclic, 10-carbon bicyclic, or 14-carbon tricyclic aromatic ring system) ; and wherein 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 atoms of each ring may be substituted by a substituent. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, dihydro-1H-indenyl and the like.The term "cycloalkyl" as used herein refers to cyclic saturated hydrocarbon groups having, e.g., 3 to 20 ring carbons, preferably 3 to 16 ring carbons, and more preferably 3 to 12 ring carbons or 3-10 ring carbons or 3-6 ring carbons, wherein the cycloalkyl group may be optionally substituted. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, without limitation, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Cycloalkyl may include multiple fused and / or bridged rings. Non-limiting examples of fused / bridged cycloalkyl includes: bicyclo [1.1.0] butanyl, bicyclo [2.1.0] pentanyl, bicyclo [1.1.1] pentanyl, bicyclo [3.1.0] hexanyl, bicyclo [2.1.1] hexanyl, bicyclo [3.2.0] heptanyl, bicyclo [4.1.0] heptanyl, bicyclo [2.2.1] heptanyl, bicyclo [3.1.1] heptanyl, bicyclo [4.2.0] octanyl, bicyclo [3.2.1] octanyl, bicyclo [2.2.2] octanyl, and the like. Cycloalkyl also includes spirocyclic rings (e.g., spirocyclic bicycle wherein two rings are connected through just one atom) . Non-limiting examples of spirocyclic cycloalkyls include spiro [2.2] pentanyl, spiro [2.5] octanyl, spiro [3.5] nonanyl, spiro [3.5] nonanyl, spiro [3.5] nonanyl, spiro [4.4] nonanyl, spiro [2.6] nonanyl, spiro [4.5] decanyl, spiro [3.6] decanyl, spiro [5.5] undecanyl, and the like. The term “saturated” as used in this context means only single bonds present between constituent carbon atoms.The term "cycloalkenyl" as used herein means partially unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon groups having 3 to 20 ring carbons, preferably 3 to 16 ring carbons, and more preferably 3 to 12 ring carbons or 3-10 ring carbons or 3-6 ring carbons, wherein the cycloalkenyl group may be optionally substituted. Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include, without limitation, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, and cyclooctenyl. As partially unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon groups, cycloalkenyl groups may have any degree of unsaturation provided that one or more double bonds is present in the ring, none of the rings in the ring system are aromatic, and the cycloalkenyl group is not fully saturated overall. Cycloalkenyl may include multiple fused and / or bridged and / or spirocyclic rings.The term “heteroaryl” , as used herein, means a mono-, bi-, tri-or polycyclic group having 5 to 20 ring atoms, alternatively 5, 6, 9, 10, or 14 ring atoms; and having 6, 10, or 14 pi electrons shared in a cyclic array; wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic, and at least one ring in the system contains one or more heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S (but does not have to be a ring which contains a heteroatom, e.g. tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, e.g., tetrahydroquinolinyl) . Heteroaryl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents. Examples of heteroaryl include thienyl, pyridinyl, furyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, thiodiazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, thiazolyl benzothienyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzotriazolyl, cinnolinyl, indazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, purinyl, thienopyridinyl, pyrido [2, 3-d] pyrimidinyl, pyrrolo [2, 3-b] pyridinyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, thieno [2, 3-c] pyridinyl, pyrazolo [3, 4-b] pyridinyl, pyrazolo [3, 4-c] pyridinyl, pyrazolo [4, 3-c] pyridinyl, pyrazolo [4, 3-b] pyridinyl, tetrazolyl, chromanyl, 2, 3-dihydrobenzo [b] [1, 4] dioxinyl, benzo [d] [1, 3] dioxolyl, benzo [d] thiazolyl, 2, 3-dihydrobenzofuran, tetrahydroquinolinyl, 2, 3-dihydrobenzo [b] [1, 4] oxathiinyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, and others. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, pyridinyl, furyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoindolinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, and pyrimidinyl.The term "heterocyclyl" refers to a mon-, bi-, tri-, or polycyclic saturated ring system with 3-16 ring atoms (e.g., 5-8 membered monocyclic, 8-12 membered bicyclic, or 11-14 membered tricyclic ring system) having 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic or polycyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S (e.g., carbon atoms and 1-3, 1-6, or 1-9 heteroatoms of N, O, or S if monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic, respectively) , wherein 0, 1, 2 or 3 atoms of each ring may be substituted by a substituent. Examples of heterocyclyl groups include piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, dioxanyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and the like. Heterocyclyl may include multiple fused and bridged rings. Non-limiting examples of fused / bridged heteorocyclyl includes: 2-azabicyclo [1.1.0] butanyl, 2-azabicyclo [2.1.0] pentanyl, 2-azabicyclo [1.1.1] pentanyl, 3-azabicyclo [3.1.0] hexanyl, 5-azabicyclo [2.1.1] hexanyl, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.0] heptanyl, octahydrocyclopenta [c] pyrrolyl, 3-azabicyclo [4.1.0] heptanyl, 7-azabicyclo [2.2.1] heptanyl, 6-azabicyclo [3.1.1] heptanyl, 7-azabicyclo [4.2.0] octanyl, 2-azabicyclo [2.2.2] octanyl, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octanyl, 2-oxabicyclo [1.1.0] butanyl, 2-oxabicyclo [2.1.0] pentanyl, 2-oxabicyclo [1.1.1] pentanyl, 3-oxabicyclo [3.1.0] hexanyl, 5-oxabicyclo [2.1.1] hexanyl, 3-oxabicyclo [3.2.0] heptanyl, 3-oxabicyclo [4.1.0] heptanyl, 7-oxabicyclo [2.2.1] heptanyl, 6-oxabicyclo [3.1.1] heptanyl, 7-oxabicyclo [4.2.0] octanyl, 2-oxabicyclo [2.2.2] octanyl, 3-oxabicyclo [3.2.1] octanyl, and the like. Heterocyclyl also includes spirocyclic rings (e.g., spirocyclic bicycle wherein two rings are connected through just one atom) . Non-limiting examples of spirocyclic heterocyclyls include 2-azaspiro [2.2] pentanyl, 4-azaspiro [2.5] octanyl, 1-azaspiro [3.5] nonanyl, 2-azaspiro [3.5] nonanyl, 7-azaspiro [3.5] nonanyl, 2-azaspiro [4.4] nonanyl, 6-azaspiro [2.6] nonanyl, 1, 7-diazaspiro [4.5] decanyl, 7-azaspiro [4.5] decanyl, 2, 5-diazaspiro [3.6] decanyl, 3-azaspiro [5.5] undecanyl, 2-oxaspiro [2.2] pentanyl, 4-oxaspiro [2.5] octanyl, 1-oxaspiro [3.5] nonanyl, 2-oxaspiro [3.5] nonanyl, 7-oxaspiro [3.5] nonanyl, 2-oxaspiro [4.4] nonanyl, 6-oxaspiro [2.6] nonanyl, 1, 7-dioxaspiro [4.5] decanyl, 2, 5-dioxaspiro [3.6] decanyl, 1-oxaspiro [5.5] undecanyl, 3-oxaspiro [5.5] undecanyl, 3-oxa-9-azaspiro [5.5] undecanyl and the like. The term “saturated” as used in this context means only single bonds present between constituent ring atoms and other available valences occupied by hydrogen and / or other substituents as defined herein.The term "heterocycloalkenyl" as used herein means partially unsaturated cyclic ring system with 3-16 ring atoms (e.g., 5-8 membered monocyclic, 8-12 membered bicyclic, or 11-14 membered tricyclic ring system) having 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic or polycyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S (e.g., carbon atoms and 1-3, 1-6, or 1-9 heteroatoms of N, O, or S if monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic, respectively) , wherein 0, 1, 2 or 3 atoms of each ring may be substituted by a substituent. Examples of heterocycloalkenyl groups include, without limitation, tetrahydropyridyl, dihydropyrazinyl, dihydropyridyl, dihydropyrrolyl, dihydrofuranyl, dihydrothiophenyl. As partially unsaturated cyclic groups, heterocycloalkenyl groups may have any degree of unsaturation provided that one or more double bonds is present in the ring, none of the rings in the ring system are aromatic, and the heterocycloalkenyl group is not fully saturated overall. Heterocycloalkenyl may include multiple fused and / or bridged and / or spirocyclic rings.As used herein, when a ring is described as being “aromatic” , it means said ring has a continuous, delocalized π-electron system. Typically, the number of out of plane π-electrons corresponds to the Hückel rule (4n+2) . Examples of such rings include: benzene, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine, pyridone, pyrrole, pyrazole, oxazole, thioazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, and the like.As used herein, when a ring is described as being “partially unsaturated” , it means said ring has one or more additional degrees of unsaturation (in addition to the degree of unsaturation attributed to the ring itself; e.g., one or more double or tirple bonds between constituent ring atoms) , provided that the ring is not aromatic. Examples of such rings include: cyclopentene, cyclohexene, cycloheptene, dihydropyridine, tetrahydropyridine, dihydropyrrole, dihydrofuran, dihydrothiophene, and the like.For the avoidance of doubt, and unless otherwise specified, for rings and cyclic groups (e.g., aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl, and the like described herein) containing a sufficient number of ring atoms to form bicyclic or higher order ring systems (e.g., tricyclic, polycyclic ring systems) , it is understood that such rings and cyclic groups encompass those having fused rings, including those in which the points of fusion are located (i) on adjacent ring atoms (e.g., [x. x. 0] ring systems, in which 0 represents a zero atom bridge (e.g., ) ) ; (ii) a single ring atom (spiro-fused ring systems) (e.g., ) , or (iii) a contiguous array of ring atoms (bridged ring systems having all bridge lengths > 0) (e.g., ) .In addition, atoms making up the compounds of the present embodiments are intended to include all isotopic forms of such atoms. Isotopes, as used herein, include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers. By way of general example and without limitation, isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium, and isotopes of carbon include 13C and 14C.In addition, the compounds generically or specifically disclosed herein are intended to include all tautomeric forms. Thus, by way of example, a compound containing the moiety: encompasses the tautomeric form containing the moiety: Similarly, a pyridinyl or pyrimidinyl moiety that is described to be optionally substituted with hydroxyl encompasses pyridone or pyrimidone tautomeric forms. As a further non-limiting example, a compound containing the moiety: encompasses the tautomeric form containing the moiety: The details of one or more embodiments of this disclosure are set forth in the description below. Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the description, and from the claims.DETAILED DESCRIPTIONThis disclosure features salt forms of ALPK1 activators, such as the compound of Formula (X) , and / or hydrate, and / or cocrystal, and / or tautomer, and / or stereoisomer, and / or stable isotope, and / or prodrug thereof. This disclosure also features compositions of the salt form.Detailed Description of the EmbodimentsIn one aspect, the present disclosure provides a salt of the compound represented by Formula (X) :or a stereoisomer, stable isotope, prodrug, or a tautomer thereof, wherein:RX is:(A) a moiety having formula (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , or (X-Ic) :wherein:X1 is selected from the group consisting of: C (=O) , C-OH, C=S, C-SH, C-NH2, and C (=NH) ;X3, X5, and X6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, NH, N (RXn) , CH, CRXc, C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ;X4 is N or C;RX2 is -H, RXn, or is absent when a double bond is present between NRX2 and an adjacent ring atom; andeach occurrence ofis independently a single bond or a double bond;● provided that formulas (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , and (X-Ic) each include from 1-2 endocyclic double bonds;● provided that when X4 is C, then a double bond is present between X4 and an adjacent ring atom; and● provided that when formulas (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , and (X-Ic) each include only 1 endocyclic double bond, then X4 is N and / or one or more of X3, X5, and X6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, NH, N (RXn) , C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ;(B) pyridinyl, pyrmidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, or triazinyl each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-3 RXc, provided that any RXc group that is ortho or para to a ring nitrogen of (B) is other than -OH, -SH, or NH2;(C) a moiety having formula (X-II) :wherein:X7 is C or N;X8, X9, X10, and X11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: CH, C (RXc) , N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, S, C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ; andeachis independently a single bond or a double bond,provided that from 1-4 of X7-X11 is independently selected from group consisting of C, CH, C (RXc) , C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) , and (X-II) is aromatic;(D) C6-10 aryl optionally substituted with from 1-4 RXc; or(E) bicyclic heteroaryl having 8-12 ring atoms, wherein from 1-5 ring atoms are heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein one or more ring carbon atoms of the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo and RXc;each occurrence of RXc is independently selected from the group consisting of: Rc, Rb, and- (Lb) b-Rb;each occurrence of RXn is independently selected from the group consisting of: Rd, Rb, and - (Lb) b-Rb;RY, R4a, R4b, R5a, and R5b are each independently selected from the group consisting of:● -H, -D, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido;● C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● -OR9, -NReRf;● -Rb or- (Lb) b-Rb;● -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) ; and● -OC (=O) (C1-6 alkyl) optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra; oror, R4a and R5a taken together with the C atoms connecting them form a C3-7 cycloalkyl, or 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-6 substituents selected from the group consisting of: -D, -OH, -SH, -halo, =O, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy;or, R4b and R5b taken together with the C atoms connecting them form a C3-7 cycloalkyl, or 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-6 substituents selected from the group consisting of: -D, -OH, -SH, -halo, =O, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy;L1, L2, L3 and A are each independently selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -S-, -NRL1-, and -C (RL2) (RL2) -;Y1 and Y2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: O and S;Y0 and Y3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR9, -SH, and -SR9,R1, R2, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, -OH, -SH, cyano, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R9, -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , -OS (=O) 1-2R9, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, and -OR8;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, -OH, -SH, cyano, -C (=O) OH, -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) , -C (=O) NR’ R” , -OR10, -OC (=O) R10, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R10, -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , -OS (=O) 1-2R10, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, and -OR8;R3a is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -SH, -H, -halo, cyano, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, -C (=O) OH, -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) , -C (=O) NR’ R” , -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, -OR8, and -NReRf;each occurrence of R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of:● -C (=O) C1-20 alkyl optionally substituted with from 1-10 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: Ra, Rb, and- (Lb) b-Rb;● -C (=O) - (Rb2) m1-R8b, wherein each Rb2 is independently a divalent Rb group, m1 is an integer from 1 to 6, and R8b is -H or Rc;●wherein:○ m2 is an integer from 1 to 10;○ each R8c is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl, which is optionally substituted with from 1-4 Ra; -Rb; and - (C1-6 alkylene) -Rb;○ R8d is selected from the group consisting of: -H, -OH, -C1-4 alkoxy, and NReRf; and○ R8e is selected from the group consisting of: -H, C1-4 alkyl, C (=O) C1-4 alkyl, and C (=O) OC1-4 alkyl;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C2-6 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, or 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl, or terphenyl, which is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy;each occurrence of RL1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’ ;each occurrence of RL2 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; -halo; -OH; -OR9; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’ ;each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H, -OH, -halo, -NReRf, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) , -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) , -C (=O) OH, -C (=O) NR’ R” , -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” , -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) , and cyano;each occurrence of Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of:● C3-10 cycloalkyl or C3-10 cycloalkenyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;● heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl of 3-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N (H) , N (Rd) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein the heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;● heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N (H) , N (Rd) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc; and● C6-10 aryl optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;each occurrence ofLb is independently selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -NH-, -NRd, -S (=O) 0-2, C (=O) , and C1-3 alkylene optionally substituted with 1-3 Ra;each occurrence of b is independently 1, 2, 3, or 4;each occurrence of Rc is independently selected from the group consisting of: halo; cyano; C1-10 alkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected Ra; C2-6 alkenyl; C2-6 alkynyl; C1-4 alkoxy; C1-4 haloalkoxy; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; -NReRf; -OH; -SH; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -C1-4 thioalkoxy; -NO2; -OC (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -OC (=O) H; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) H; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) OH; and -C (=O) NR’ R” ;each occurrence of Rd is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected Ra; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) R’ ; -C (=O) OR’ ; -C (=O) NR’ R” ; C (=NR” ) NR’ R” ; -C (=O) C (=O) R’ ; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2R’ ; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy; orRe, and Rf taken together with the N atom connecting them form a saturated or unsaturated 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and -OH;preferably, provided that at least one of the following is true:a) R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl;b) R4b is NReRf;wherein the salt is a sodium salt, calcium salt, potassium salt, ammonium salt, or zinc salt.Variable RXIn some embodiments as mentioned above, RX is (A) a moiety having formulaIn some embodiments as mentioned above, RX isIn some embodiments as mentioned above (when RX is (X-Ia) or Formula (I-1) , X1 is C (=O) or C-OH. For example, X1 can be C (=O) .In some embodiments as mentioned above (when RX is (X-Ia) or Formula (I-1) , X1 is C (=NH) or C-NH2. For example, X1 can be C-NH2.In some embodiments as mentioned above (when RX is (X-Ia) or Formula (I-1) , X3 is C (=O) .In some embodiments as mentioned above (when RX is (X-Ia) or Formula (I-1) , X4 is N.In certain embodiments of Formula (I) (when RX is (X-Ia) or Formula (I-1) , X3 is C (=O) ; and X4 is N.In some embodiments as mentioned above (when RX is (X-Ia) or Formula (I-1) , RX2 is -H or absent. In certain embodiments of Formula (I) (when RX is (X-Ia) or Formula (I-1) , X1 is C (=O) ; and RX2 is -H. In certain embodiments, X1 is C-NH2; and RX2 is absent. In certain of these embodiments, X3 is C (=O) ; and X4 is N.In some embodiments as mentioned above (when RX is (X-Ia) or Formula (I-1) , X5 and X6 are each independently CH or CRXc, such as CH or CRc.In some embodiments as mentioned above (when RX is (X-Ia) or Formula (I-1) , RX is selected from the group consisting of: In certain of these embodiments, RX is selected from the group consisting of: In some embodiments as mentioned above (when RX is (X-Ia) or Formula (I-1) , RX is selected from the group consisting of: In certain of these embodiments, RX is selected from the group consisting of: In some embodiments as mentioned above, RX is: (B) pyridinyl, pyrmidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, or triazinyl each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-3 RXc, provided that any RXc group that is ortho or para to a ring nitrogen of (B) is other than -OH, -SH, or NH2.In certain embodiments, RX iswherein RXa is selected from the group consisting of:● -OH, -C1-4 alkoxy, -C1-4haloalkoxy, -ORb, or -O- (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb,● -NReRf, -NHRb, or -NH- (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb;● -C (O) NR’ R” , -C (O) NHRb, or -C (O) NH- (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb;● -C (O) OC1-4 alkyl, -C (O) OH, -C (=O) ORb, or -C (=O) O- (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb;● -OC (O) C1-4 alkyl, -OC (=O) Rb, or -OC (=O) - (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb; and● -NHC (=O) Rb or -NHC (=O) - (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb;X2B, X3B, X5B, and X6B are each independently N, CH, or CRXc, provided that from 1-3 of X2B, X3B, X5B, and X6B is CH; and from 1-2 of X2B, X3B, X5B, and X6B is N,further provided that when one or both of X2B and X6B is N, then RXa is other than -OH or NH2.In some embodiments as mentioned above, RX isIn certain of these embodiments, X10 is CRXc.In certain of the foregoing embodiments, RX iswherein: X7 is N or C; each of X8, X9, and X11 is independently selected from the group consisting of: N, N (H) , N (RXn) , CH, CRXc, O, and S; andRXa is selected from the group consisting of:● -OH, -C1-4 alkoxy, -C1-4haloalkoxy, -ORb, or -O- (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb;● -NReRf, -NHRb, or -NH- (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb;● -C (O) NR’ R” , -C (O) NHRb, or -C (O) NH- (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb;● -C (O) OH, -C (O) OC1-4 alkyl, -C (=O) ORb, or -C (=O) O- (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb;● -OC (O) C1-4 alkyl, -OC (=O) Rb, or -OC (=O) - (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb; and● -NHC (=O) Rb, or -NHC (=O) - (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb.In certain embodiments (when RX is (X-II) ) , X7 is N.In certain embodiments (when RX is (X-II) ) , X11 is N or CH.In certain other embodiments (when RX is (X-II) ) , X11 is CRXc, wherein X11 is other than C-NH2.RXa is selected from the group consisting of: -C (O) NR’ R” , -C (O) NHRb, and -C (O) NH- (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb.In certain of the foregoing embodiments, RXa is C (O) NR’ R” , such as wherein RXa is -C (O) NH2.As non-limiting examples when RX is (X-II) , RX can be selected from the group consisting of: In some embodiments as mentioned above, RX is C6-10 aryl optionally substituted with from 1-4 RXc. In certain of these embodiments, RX is phenyl which is substituted with from 1-4 RXc.In certain of the foregoing embodiments, RX is phenyl that is substituted with RXa and further optionally substituted with from 1-2 Rc, wherein:RXa is selected from the group consisting of:● -OH, -C1-4 alkoxy, -C1-4haloalkoxy, -ORb, or -O- (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb;● -NReRf, -NHRb, or -NH- (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb;● -C (O) NR’ R” , -C (O) NHRb, or -C (O) NH- (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb;● -C (O) OH, -C (O) OC1-4 alkyl, -C (=O) ORb, or -C (=O) O- (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb;● -OC (O) C1-4 alkyl, -OC (=O) Rb, or -OC (=O) - (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb; and● -NHC (=O) Rb, or -NHC (=O) - (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb.In certain embodiments of Formula (I) , RX iswherein m1 is 0, 1, or 2.In certain embodiments of Formula (I) , RX iswherein RXb is -H, C1-4 alkyl, Rb, or - (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb; and m1 is 0, 1, or 2.In certain embodiments of Formula (I) , RX iswherein RXb is -H, C1-4 alkyl, Rb, or - (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb; and m1 is 0, 1, or 2.In certain embodiments of Formula (I) , RX iswhereinRXb is -H, C1-4 alkyl, Rb, or - (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb; and m1 is 0, 1, or 2.In certain embodiments of Formula RX iswherein RXb is -H, C1-4 alkyl, Rb, or - (C1-3 alkylene) -Rb; and m1 is 0, 1, or 2.In some embodiments as mentioned above, RX is bicyclic heteroaryl having 8-12 ring atoms, wherein from 1-5 ring atoms are heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, and S (O) 0-2, and wherein one or more ring carbon atoms of the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo and RXc.In certain of these embodiments, RX is bicyclic heteroaryl having 9-10 (e.g., 9) ring atoms, wherein from 1-5 ring atoms are heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, and S (O) 0-2, and wherein one or more ring carbon atoms of the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo and RXc.In some embodiments as mentioned above, RX iswherein: Ring B is heteroaryl having 5 ring atoms wherein from 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, and S, and wherein Ring B is optionally substituted with RXc;RXn2 is -H or RXn (e.g., -H) ; andRXc2 is -H or RXc (e.g., -H) .In certain of these embodiments, RXn2 is -H. In certain of the foregoing embodiments, RXc2 is -H.In certain of the foregoing embodiments, RX is selected from the group consisting of:For example, RX can beIn some embodiments as mentioned above, RX is selected from the group consisting:wherein: Ring B is heteroaryl having 5 ring atoms wherein from 1-2 ring atoms are heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, and S, and wherein Ring B is optionally substituted with RXc.For example, RX can be selected from the group consisting of:In some embodiments as mentioned above, RX is selected from the group consisting:wherein: Ring B is heteroaryl having 5 ring atoms wherein from 1-2 ring atoms are heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, and S, and wherein Ring B is optionally substituted with RXc.For example, RX can be selected from the group consisting of:Non-limiting examples of RX include:In a specific embodiment of RX, RX is selected from the group consisting of:In a specific embodiment of RX, RX is selected from the group consisting of:In another specific embodiment of RX, RX is selected from the group consisting of:In another specific embodiment of RX, RX is selected from the group consisting of:In another specific embodiment of RX, RX is selected from the group consisting of:In another specific embodiment of RX, RX is selected from the group consisting of:In another specific embodiment of RX, RX is selected from the group consisting of:In another specific embodiment of RX, RX is selected from the group consisting of:preferablyIn another specific embodiment of RX, RX is selected from the group consisting of:In another specific embodiment of RX, RX is selected from the group consisting of:preferablyIn another specific embodiment of RX, RX isIn another specific embodiment of RX, RX isIn another specific embodiment of RX, RX isVariable RYIn some embodiments as mentioned above, RY is -H. In some embodiments as mentioned above, RY is -H, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido. In some embodiments as mentioned above, RY is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra. In some embodiments as mentioned above, RY is -halo. In some embodiments as mentioned above, RY is C1-6 alkyl, or C1-6 haloalkyl. In some embodiments as mentioned above, RY is C1-6 alkyl.Variables L1, L2, and L3In some embodiments as mentioned above, L1 is -O-.In some embodiments as mentioned above, L3 is -O-.In some embodiments as mentioned above, L2 is -O-. In some embodiments as mentioned above, L2 is -S-. In some embodiments as mentioned above, L2 is -NRL1-. In some embodiments as mentioned above, L2 is -C (RL2) (RL2) -.Variable Y0In some embodiments as mentioned above, Y0 is -SH.Variable Y1, Y2, Y3In some embodiments as mentioned above, Y1, Y2, are O, and Y3 is -OH.Variable R4a, R4b, R5a and R5bIn some embodiments as mentioned above, R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl; andR4b is selected from the group consisting of:● -H, -D, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido;● C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● -OR9, -NReRf;● -Rb or- (Lb) b-Rb;● -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) ; and● -OC (=O) (C1-6 alkyl) optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra.In some embodiments as mentioned above, R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl that containing one to three double bond or triple bond.In some embodiments as mentioned above, R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing cumulated double bonds.In some embodiments as mentioned above, R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing conjugate double bonds.In some embodiments as mentioned above, R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing independent double bonds.In some embodiments as mentioned above, R4a is selected from the group consisting of: ethenyl, propenyl, ethynyl, and propynyl.In some embodiments as mentioned above, R4a is selected from the group consisting of: ethenyl, and ethynyl.In some embodiments as mentioned above, R4b is selected from the group consisting of: -H, -OH, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, and -halo.In some embodiments as mentioned above, R4b is selected from the group consisting of: -F, -OH, -OR9, and -NReRf.In some embodiments as mentioned above, R4b is selected from the group consisting of: -F, -OH, -OMe, and -NH2.In some embodiments as mentioned above, R4b is selected from the group consisting of: -F, -OH, and -OMe.In some embodiments as mentioned above, R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl; and R4b is selected from the group consisting of: -H, -OH, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, and -halo.In some embodiments as mentioned above, R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl; and R4b is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, and -halo.In some embodiments as mentioned above, R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl; and R4b is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, and -halo.In some embodiments as mentioned above, R4a is C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl; and R4b is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, and -F.In some embodiments as mentioned above, R4b is -NReRf; andR4a and R5b are independently selected from the group consisting of:● -H, -D, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido;● C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● -OR9, -NReRf;● -Rb or- (Lb) b-Rb;● -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) ; and● -OC (=O) (C1-6 alkyl) optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra.In some embodiments as mentioned above, R4b is -NReRf; andR4a and R5b are independently selected from the group consisting of:● -H, -D, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido;● C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● -OR9, -NReRf;● -OC (=O) (C1-6 alkyl) optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra.In some embodiments as mentioned above, R4b is -NReRf; R4a is selected from the group consisting of: -H, -halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl; and R5b is independently selected from the group consisting of:● -H, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido;● C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● -OR9, -NReRf;In some embodiments as mentioned above, R4b is -NReRf; R4a is selected from the group consisting of: -H, -halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl; and R5b is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR9, -NReRf, and -halo.In some embodiments as mentioned above, R4b is -NReRf; R4a is selected from the group consisting of: -H, -halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl; and R5b is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR9, and -NReRf.In some embodiments as mentioned above, R4b is -NReRf; R4a is -H, or Me, preferably -H; and R5b is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -NH2, -NHMe, -NMe2, and -NHAc.In some embodiments as mentioned above, R5b is -NReRf; and R4b and R5a are independently selected from the group consisting of:● -H, -D, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido;● C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● -OR9, -NReRf;● -Rb or- (Lb) b-Rb;● -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) ; and● -OC (=O) (C1-6 alkyl) optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra.or, R4a and R5a taken together with the C atoms connecting them form a C3-7 cycloalkyl, or 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-6 substituents selected from the group consisting of: -D, -OH, -SH, -halo, =O, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy;or, R4b and R5b taken together with the C atoms connecting them form a C3-7 cycloalkyl, or 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-6 substituents selected from the group consisting of: -D, -OH, -SH, -halo, =O, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy.Variable R1, R2, R3, R6, and R7In a specific embodiment, R2 is selected from the group consisting of: H; D; -halo; -OH; -SH; cyano; -OR9; -OC (=O) R9; -NReRf; -NReC (=O) R9; -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) ; -OS (=O) 1-2R9; C1-6 alkyl; C1-6 haloalkyl; and -OR8.In another specific embodiment, R2 is selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, -OH, -SH, cyano, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R9, -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , -OS (=O) 1-2R9, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl.In another specific embodiment, R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -halo, -OH, -OR9, and -OC (=O) R9.In another specific embodiment, R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -halo, -OH, or -OC (=O) R9.In another specific embodiment, R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, or -OC (=O) R9.In another specific embodiment, R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, or -OC (=O) C1-6 alkyl.In another specific embodiment, R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -F, -OH, and -OAc.In another specific embodiment, R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, and -OAc.In another specific embodiment, R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH; -halo; and -NReRf.In another specific embodiment, R2 is -OH or NReRf.In another specific embodiment, R2 is -OH.In another specific embodiment, R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H; D; -halo; -OH; -SH; cyano; -C (=O) OH; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) NR’ R” ; -OR10; -OC (=O) R10; -NReRf; -NReC (=O) R10; -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) ; -OS (=O) 1-2R10; C1-6 alkyl; C1-6 haloalkyl; and -OR8.In another specific embodiment, R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH; -SH; -H;-halo; cyano; -C (=O) OH; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) NR’ R” ; -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) ; C1-4 alkoxy; C1-4 haloalkoxy; -OR8; and -NReRf.In another specific embodiment, R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, halo (e.g., -F) , -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) (e.g., -OP (=O) (OH) 2) , C (=O) OH, NReRf (e.g., NH2) , -C (=O) NR’ R” , and -OR8 (e.g., -OC (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) .In another specific embodiment, R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, -OH, -SH, cyano, -OR10, -OC (=O) R10, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R10, -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , -OS (=O) 1-2R10, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl.In another specific embodiment, R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR10, and -OC (=O) R10.In another specific embodiment, R3 is -OH or -OR8.In another specific embodiment, R3 is -OH, or -OC (=O) C1-20 alkyl,In another specific embodiment, R3 is -OH, or -OAc.In another specific embodiment, R3 is -OH.In another specific embodiment, R1, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: -OH; -SH; -H; halo; cyano; -NReRf; C1-4 alkoxy; C1-4 haloalkoxy; -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) ; and -OR8.In another specific embodiment, R1, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR9, and -OC (=O) R9.In another specific embodiment, R1, R6, and R7 are each -OH, or -OC (=O) R9.In another specific embodiment, R1, R6, and R7 are each -OH, or -OC (=O) C1-6 alkyl,In another specific embodiment, R1, R6, and R7 are each -OH, or -OAc.In another specific embodiment, R1, R6, and R7 are -OH.In embodiments, the compound disclosed herein is a compound described in the Examples of this application, such as in Table 1.The compound of the present disclosure can be prepared using the general processes describes in Schemes 1 to 11 as well as the techniques described in the exemplary embodiments.In embodiments, the disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.In more detailed embodiments, the disclosure relates to the following technical solutions:1.A salt of the compound of Formula (X) :or a stereoisomer, stable isotope, prodrug, or a tautomer thereof, wherein:RX is:(A) a moiety having formula (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , or (X-Ic) :wherein:X1 is selected from the group consisting of: C (=O) , C-OH, C=S, C-SH, C-NH2, and C (=NH) ;X3, X5, and X6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, NH, N (RXn) , CH, CRXc, C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ;X4 is N or C;RX2 is -H, RXn, or is absent when a double bond is present between NRX2 and an adjacent ring atom; andeach occurrence ofis independently a single bond or a double bond;● provided that formulas (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , and (X-Ic) each include from 1-2 endocyclic double bonds;● provided that when X4 is C, then a double bond is present between X4 and an adjacent ring atom; and● provided that when formulas (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , and (X-Ic) each include only 1 endocyclic double bond, then X4 is N and / or one or more of X3, X5, and X6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, NH, N (RXn) , C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ;(B) pyridinyl, pyrmidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, or triazinyl each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-3 RXc, provided that any RXc group that is ortho or para to a ring nitrogen of (B) is other than -OH, -SH, or NH2;(C) a moiety having formula (X-II) :wherein:X7 is C or N;X8, X9, X10, and X11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: CH, C (RXc) , N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, S, C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ; and eachis independently a single bond or a double bond,provided that from 1-4 of X7-X11 is independently selected from group consisting of C, CH, C (RXc) , C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) , and (X-II) is aromatic;(D) C6-10 aryl optionally substituted with from 1-4 RXc; or(E) bicyclic heteroaryl having 8-12 ring atoms, wherein from 1-5 ring atoms are heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein one or more ring carbon atoms of the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo and RXc;each occurrence of RXc is independently selected from the group consisting of: Rc, Rb, and- (Lb) b-Rb;each occurrence of RXn is independently selected from the group consisting of: Rd, Rb, and - (Lb) b-Rb;RY, R4a, R4b, R5a, and R5b are each independently selected from the group consisting of:● -H, -D, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido;● C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● -OR9, -NReRf;● -Rb or- (Lb) b-Rb;● -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) ; and● -OC (=O) (C1-6 alkyl) optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra; oror, R4a and R5a taken together with the C atoms connecting them form a C3-7 cycloalkyl, or 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-6 substituents selected from the group consisting of: -D, -OH, -SH, -halo, =O, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy;or, R4b and R5b taken together with the C atoms connecting them form a C3-7 cycloalkyl, or 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-6 substituents selected from the group consisting of: -D, -OH, -SH, -halo, =O, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy;L1, L2, L3 and A are each independently selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -S-, -NRL1-, and -C (RL2) (RL2) -;Y1 and Y2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: O and S;Y0 and Y3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR9, -SH, and -SR9,R1, R2, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, -OH, -SH, cyano, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R9, -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , -OS (=O) 1-2R9, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, and -OR8;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, -OH, -SH, cyano, -C (=O) OH, -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) , -C (=O) NR’ R” , -OR10, -OC (=O) R10, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R10, -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , -OS (=O) 1-2R10, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, and -OR8;R3a is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -SH, -H, -halo, cyano, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, -C (=O) OH, -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) , -C (=O) NR’ R” , -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, -OR8, and -NReRf;each occurrence of R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of:● -C (=O) C1-20 alkyl optionally substituted with from 1-10 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: Ra, Rb, and- (Lb) b-Rb;● -C (=O) - (Rb2) m1-R8b, wherein each Rb2 is independently a divalent Rb group, m1 is an integer from 1 to 6, and R8b is -H or Rc;●wherein:○ m2 is an integer from 1 to 10;○ each R8c is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl, which is optionally substituted with from 1-4 Ra; -Rb; and - (C1-6 alkylene) -Rb;○ R8d is selected from the group consisting of: -H, -OH, -C1-4 alkoxy, and NReRf; and○ R8e is selected from the group consisting of: -H, C1-4 alkyl, C (=O) C1-4 alkyl, and C (=O) OC1-4 alkyl;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C2-6 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, or 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl, or terphenyl, which is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy;each occurrence of RL1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’ ;each occurrence of RL2 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; -halo; -OH; -OR9; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’ ;each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H, -OH, -halo, -NReRf, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) , -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) , -C (=O) OH, -C (=O) NR’ R” , -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” , -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) , and cyano;each occurrence of Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of:● C3-10 cycloalkyl or C3-10 cycloalkenyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;● heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl of 3-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N (H) , N (Rd) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein the heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;●heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N (H) , N (Rd) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc; and● C6-10 aryl optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;each occurrence ofLb is independently selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -NH-, -NRd, -S (=O) 0-2, C (=O) , and C1-3 alkylene optionally substituted with 1-3 Ra;each occurrence of b is independently 1, 2, 3, or 4;each occurrence of Rc is independently selected from the group consisting of: halo; cyano; C1-10 alkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected Ra; C2-6 alkenyl; C2-6 alkynyl; C1-4 alkoxy; C1-4 haloalkoxy; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; -NReRf; -OH; -SH; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -C1-4 thioalkoxy; -NO2; -OC (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -OC (=O) H; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) H; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) OH; and -C (=O) NR’ R” ;each occurrence of Rd is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected Ra; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) R’ ; -C (=O) OR’ ; -C (=O) NR’ R” ; C (=NR” ) NR’ R” ; -C (=O) C (=O) R’ ; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2R’ ; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy; orRe, and Rf taken together with the N atom connecting them form a saturated or unsaturated 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and -OH;preferably, provided that at least one of the following is true:a) R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl;b) R4b is NReRf.2. The salt of technical solution 1, wherein RX is bicyclic heteroaryl having 8-12 ring atoms, wherein from 1-5 ring atoms are heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein one or more ring carbon atoms of the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo and RXc.3. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-2, wherein RX is bicyclic heteroaryl having 9-10 (e.g., 9) ring atoms, wherein from 1-5 ring atoms are heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein one or more ring carbon atoms of the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo and RXc.4. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-3, wherein RX iswherein: Ring B is heteroaryl having 5 ring atoms wherein from 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, and S, and wherein Ring B is optionally substituted with RXc; RXn2 is -H or RXn (e.g., -H) ; and RXc2 is -H or RXc (e.g., -H) .5. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-4, wherein RXn2 is -H; preferably, RXc2 is -H.6. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-5, wherein RX is selected from the group consisting of:preferablypreferably7. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-6, wherein RY is H.8. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-7, wherein L1 is -O-.9. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-8, wherein L2 is -O-.10. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-9, wherein L3 is -O-.11. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-10, wherein Y0 is -SH.12. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-11, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -halo (e.g., -F) , -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , and -OR8; preferably is -OR8.13. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-12, wherein R1 is -OH.14. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-13, wherein R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -SH, -halo (e.g., -F) , -NReRf (e.g., NH2) , -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , and -OR8; preferably is -OR8.15. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-14, wherein R6 and R7 are each -OH.16. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-15, wherein R2 is -OH, -halo (e.g., -F) , -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , -OR8 or NReRf; preferably is -OR8.17. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-16, wherein R2 is -OH.18. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-17, wherein the carbon to which R2 is attached has (S) -stereochemical configuration.19. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-18, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, halo (e.g., -F) , -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) (e.g., -OP (=O) (OH) 2) , C (=O) OH, NReRf (e.g., NH2) , -C (=O) NR’ R” , and -OR8 (e.g., -OC (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) .20. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-19, wherein R3 is -OH or -OR8; preferably is -OR8.21. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-20, wherein R3 is -OH.22. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-21, wherein the moietyis selected from the group consisting of:23. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-22, wherein Y1 and Y2 are O.24. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-23, wherein Y3 is -OH.25. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-24, wherein R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl;R4b is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR9, and -halo.26. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-25, wherein the moietyis selected from the group consisting of:27. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-26, wherein the moietyis selected from the group consisting of:28. A salt of the compound of Formula (I-h) , (I-h-1) , (I-h-2) , (I-h-3) , (I-h-4) or (I-h-5) :or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof, wherein:RX is:(A) a moiety having formula (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , or (X-Ic) :wherein:X1 is selected from the group consisting of: C (=O) , C-OH, C=S, C-SH, C-NH2, and C (=NH) ;X3, X5, and X6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, NH, N (RXn) , CH, CRXc, C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ;X4 is N or C;RX2 is -H, RXn, or is absent when a double bond is present between NRX2 and an adjacent ring atom; andeach occurrence ofis independently a single bond or a double bond;● provided that formulas (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , and (X-Ic) each include from 1-2 endocyclic double bonds;● provided that when X4 is C, then a double bond is present between X4 and an adjacent ring atom; and● provided that when formulas (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , and (X-Ic) each include only 1 endocyclic double bond, then X4 is N and / or one or more of X3, X5, and X6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, NH, N (RXn) , C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ;(B) pyridinyl, pyrmidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, or triazinyl each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-3 RXc, provided that any RXc group that is ortho or para to a ring nitrogen of (B) is other than -OH, -SH, or NH2;(C) a moiety having formula (X-II) :wherein:X7 is C or N;X8, X9, X10, and X11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: CH, C (RXc) , N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, S, C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ; and eachis independently a single bond or a double bond,provided that from 1-4 of X7-X11 is independently selected from group consisting of C, CH, C (RXc) , C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) , and (X-II) is aromatic;(D) C6-10 aryl optionally substituted with from 1-4 RXc; or(E) bicyclic heteroaryl having 8-12 ring atoms, wherein from 1-5 ring atoms are heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein one or more ring carbon atoms of the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo and RXc;each occurrence of RXc is independently selected from the group consisting of: Rc, Rb, and- (Lb) b-Rb;each occurrence of RXn is independently selected from the group consisting of: Rd, Rb, and - (Lb) b-Rb;R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl;R4b and R5b are each independently selected from the group consisting of:● -H, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido;● C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● -OR9, -NReRf;● -Rb or- (Lb) b-Rb;● -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) ; and● -OC (=O) (C1-6 alkyl) optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra; orL2 is selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -S-, -NRL1-, and -C (RL2) (RL2) -;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH and -SH;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, -OH, -SH, cyano, -OR10, -OC (=O) R10, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R10, -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , -OS (=O) 1-2R10, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;R1, R2, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, -OH, -SH, cyano, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R9, -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , -OS (=O) 1-2R9, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C2-6 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of RL1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’ ;each occurrence of RL2 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; -halo; -OH; -OR9; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’ ;each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H, -OH, -halo, -NReRf, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) , -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) , -C (=O) OH, -C (=O) NR’ R” , -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” , -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) , and cyano;each occurrence of Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of:● C3-10 cycloalkyl or C3-10 cycloalkenyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;● heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl of 3-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N (H) , N (Rd) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein the heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;● heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N (H) , N (Rd) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc; and● C6-10 aryl optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;each occurrence ofLb is independently selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -NH-, -NRd, -S (=O) 0-2, C (=O) , and C1-3 alkylene optionally substituted with 1-3 Ra;each occurrence of b is independently 1, 2, 3, or 4;each occurrence of Rc is independently selected from the group consisting of: halo; cyano; C1-10 alkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected Ra; C2-6 alkenyl; C2-6 alkynyl; C1-4 alkoxy; C1-4 haloalkoxy; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; -NReRf; -OH; -SH; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -C1-4 thioalkoxy; -NO2; -OC (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -OC (=O) H; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) H; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) OH; and -C (=O) NR’ R” ;each occurrence of Rd is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected Ra; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) R’ ; -C (=O) OR’ ; -C (=O) NR’ R” ; C (=NR” ) NR’ R” ; -C (=O) C (=O) R’ ; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2R’ ; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and -OH;wherein the salt is a sodium salt, calcium salt, potassium salt, ammonium salt, or zinc salt.29. The salt of technical solution 28, wherein:Rx is selected from the group consisting of: preferably, preferably, preferably,preferably, preferably, preferably, preferably, preferably, preferably, R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl, preferably, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl that containing one to three double bond or triple bond, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing cumulated double bonds, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing conjugate double bonds, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing independent double bonds, preferably, ethenyl, propenyl, ethynyl, and propynyl, preferably, ethenyl, and ethynyl;R4b is selected from the group consisting of: -H, -OH, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, and -halo, preferably, -F, -OH, -OR9, and -NReRf, preferably, -F, -OH, -OMe, and -NH2, preferably, -F, -OH, and -OMe;R5b is independently selected from the group consisting of:● -H, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido;● C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● -OR9, -NReRf;● -OC (=O) (C1-6 alkyl) optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;preferably, R5b is -OH;L2 is selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -S-, -NRL1-, and -C (RL2) (RL2) -, preferably, -O-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH and -SH, preferably, -SH;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, -OH, -SH, cyano, -OR10, -OC (=O) R10, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R10, -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , -OS (=O) 1-2R10, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;R1, R2, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, -OH, -SH, cyano, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R9, -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , -OS (=O) 1-2R9, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;preferably, R2 is -halo, -OH, or -OC (=O) R9, preferably, -OH, or -OC (=O) R9, preferably, -OH, or -OC (=O) C1-6 alkyl, preferably, -OH;preferably, R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR10, and -OC (=O) R10, preferably, -OH, or -OC (=O) C1-20 alkyl, preferably, -OH;preferably, R1, R6, and R7 are each independently -OH, or -OC (=O) R9, preferably, -OH, or -OC (=O) C1-6 alkyl, preferably, -OH;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C2-6 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, or 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, or 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of RL1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’ ;each occurrence of RL2 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; -halo; -OH; -OR9; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’ ;each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; -OH; -halo; -NReRf; C1-4 alkoxy; C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) OH; -C (=O) NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; and cyano;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) R’ ; -C (=O) OR’ ; -C (=O) NR’ R” ; C (=NR” ) NR’ R” ; -C (=O) C (=O) R’ ; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2R’ ; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and -OH.30. The salt of technical solution 28, wherein:Rx is as defined in technical solution 29;R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl, preferably, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl that containing one to three double bond or triple bond, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing cumulated double bonds, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing conjugate double bonds, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing independent double bonds, preferably, ethenyl, propenyl, ethynyl, and propynyl, preferably, ethenyl, and ethynyl;R4b is selected from the group consisting of: -H, -OH, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, and -halo, preferably, -F, -OH, -OR9, and -NReRf, preferably, -F, -OH, -OMe, and -NH2, preferably, -F, -OH, and -OMe;R5b is independently selected from the group consisting of:● -H, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido;● C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● -OR9, -NReRf;preferably, R5b is -OH;L2 is selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -S-, -NH-, -N (C1-3 alkyl) -, -CH2-, -CF2-, -CHF-, -CH (C1-3 alkyl) -, and -C (C1-3 alkyl) OH-, preferably, -O-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH and -SH, preferably, -SH;R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -halo, -OH, -OR9, and -OC (=O) R9, preferably, -halo, -OH, or -OC (=O) R9, preferably, -OH, or -OC (=O) R9, preferably, -OH, or -OC (=O) C1-6 alkyl, preferably, -OH;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR10, and -OC (=O) R10, preferably, -OH, or -OC (=O) C1-20 alkyl, preferably, -OH;R1, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR9, and -OC (=O) R9, preferably, -OH, or -OC (=O) C1-6 alkyl, preferably, -OH;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; -OH; -halo; -NReRf; C1-4 alkoxy; C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) OH; -C (=O) NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; and cyano;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) R’ ; -C (=O) OR’ ; -C (=O) NR’ R” ; C (=NR” ) NR’ R” ; -C (=O) C (=O) R’ ; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2R’ ; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and -OH.31. The salt of technical solution 28, wherein:Rx is as defined in technical solution 29;R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl, preferably, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl that containing one to three double bond or triple bond, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing cumulated double bonds, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing conjugate double bonds, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing independent double bonds, preferably, ethenyl, propenyl, ethynyl, and propynyl, preferably, ethenyl, and ethynyl;R4b is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, and -halo;R5b is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR9, -NReRf, and -halo;L2 is -O-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH and -SH;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, -OH, -SH, cyano, -OR10, -OC (=O) R10, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R10, -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , -OS (=O) 1-2R10, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;R1, R2, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, -OH, -SH, cyano, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R9, -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , -OS (=O) 1-2R9, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C2-6 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’ ; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and -OH.32. The salt of technical solution 28, wherein:Rx is as defined in technical solution 29;R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl, preferably, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl that containing one to three double bond or triple bond, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing cumulated double bonds, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing conjugate double bonds, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing independent double bonds, preferably, ethenyl, propenyl, ethynyl, and propynyl, preferably, ethenyl, and ethynyl;R4b is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR9, -NReRf, and -halo, preferably -OH, and -halo;R5b is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR9, and -NReRf;L2 is -O-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH and -SH;R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -halo, -OH, -OR9, and -OC (=O) R9;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR10, and -OC (=O) R10;R1, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR9, and -OC (=O) R9;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’ ; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and -OH.33. The salt of technical solution 28, wherein:Rx is as defined in technical solution 29;R4a is C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, preferably, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl that containing one to three double bond or triple bond, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing cumulated double bonds, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing conjugate double bonds, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing independent double bonds, preferably, ethenyl, propenyl, ethynyl, or propynyl, preferably, ethenyl, or ethynyl;R4b is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OMe, -NH2, and -F, preferably, -F;R5b is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -NH2, -NHMe, -NMe2, and -NHAc, preferably, -OH;L2 is -O-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH and -SH, preferably -SH;R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -F, -OH, and -OAc, preferably -OH, or -OAc, preferably, -OH;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, and -OC (=O) C1-20 alkyl, preferably -OH, and -OAc, preferably, -OH;R1, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: -OH, and -OAc, preferably, -OH.34. The salt of technical solution 28, wherein:Rx is selected from the group consisting of: preferably, preferably, preferably,R4a is C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 haloalkenyl, preferably, ethenyl, propenyl, ethynyl, or propynyl, preferably, ethenyl, or ethynyl, preferably, ethenyl;R4b is selected from the group consisting of: H, -OH, -OMe, -NH2, and -F, preferably, -OH, and -F, preferably, -OH;R5b is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -NH2, -NHMe, -NMe2, and -NHAc, preferably, -OH;L2 is -O-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH and -SH, preferably -SH;R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -F, -OH, and -OC (=O) C1-6 alkyl, preferably -OH, or -OAc, preferably, -OAc;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, and -OC (=O) C1-20 alkyl, preferably -OH, and -OAc, preferably, -OAc;R1, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: -OH, and -OAc, preferably, -OAc.35. A salt of the compound of Formula (I-k) , (I-k-1) , (I-k-2) , (I-k-3) , (I-k-4) or (I-k-5) :or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof, wherein:RX is:(A) a moiety having formula (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , or (X-Ic) :wherein:X1 is selected from the group consisting of: C (=O) , C-OH, C=S, C-SH, C-NH2, and C (=NH) ;X3, X5, and X6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, NH, N (RXn) , CH, CRXc, C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ;X4 is N or C;RX2 is -H, RXn, or is absent when a double bond is present between NRX2 and an adjacent ring atom; andeach occurrence ofis independently a single bond or a double bond;● provided that formulas (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , and (X-Ic) each include from 1-2 endocyclic double bonds;● provided that when X4 is C, then a double bond is present between X4 and an adjacent ring atom; and● provided that when formulas (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , and (X-Ic) each include only 1 endocyclic double bond, then X4 is N and / or one or more of X3, X5, and X6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, NH, N (RXn) , C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ;(B) pyridinyl, pyrmidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, or triazinyl each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-3 RXc, provided that any RXc group that is ortho or para to a ring nitrogen of (B) is other than -OH, -SH, or NH2;(C) a moiety having formula (X-II) :wherein:X7 is C or N;X8, X9, X10, and X11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: CH, C (RXc) , N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, S, C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ; and eachis independently a single bond or a double bond,provided that from 1-4 of X7-X11 is independently selected from group consisting of C, CH, C (RXc) , C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) , and (X-II) is aromatic;(D) C6-10 aryl optionally substituted with from 1-4 RXc; or(E) bicyclic heteroaryl having 8-12 ring atoms, wherein from 1-5 ring atoms are heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein one or more ring carbon atoms of the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo and RXc;each occurrence of RXc is independently selected from the group consisting of: Rc, Rb, and- (Lb) b-Rb;each occurrence of RXn is independently selected from the group consisting of: Rd, Rb, and - (Lb) b-Rb;R4a and R5b are independently selected from the group consisting of:● -H, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido;● C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● -OR9, -NReRf;● -Rb or- (Lb) b-Rb;● -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) ; and● -OC (=O) (C1-6 alkyl) optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;L2 is selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -S-, -NRL1-, and -C (RL2) (RL2) -;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH and -SH;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, -OH, -SH, cyano, -OR10, -OC (=O) R10, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R10, -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , -OS (=O) 1-2R10, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;R1, R2, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, -OH, -SH, cyano, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R9, -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , -OS (=O) 1-2R9, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C2-6 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of RL1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’ ;each occurrence of RL2 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; -halo; -OH; -OR9; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’ ;each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; -OH; -halo; -NReRf; C1-4 alkoxy; C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) OH; -C (=O) NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; and cyano;each occurrence of Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of:● C3-10 cycloalkyl or C3-10 cycloalkenyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;● heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl of 3-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N (H) , N (Rd) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein the heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;● heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N (H) , N (Rd) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc; and● C6-10 aryl optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;each occurrence ofLb is independently selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -NH-, -NRd, -S (=O) 0-2, C (=O) , and C1-3 alkylene optionally substituted with 1-3 Ra;each occurrence of b is independently 1, 2, 3, or 4;each occurrence of Rc is independently selected from the group consisting of: halo; cyano; C1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected Ra; C2-6 alkenyl; C2-6 alkynyl; C1-4 alkoxy; C1-4 haloalkoxy; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; -NReRf; -OH; -SH; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -C1-4 thioalkoxy; -NO2; -OC (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -OC (=O) H; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) H; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) OH; and -C (=O) NR’ R” ;each occurrence of Rd is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected Ra; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) R’ ; -C (=O) OR’ ; -C (=O) NR’ R” ; C (=NR” ) NR’ R” ; -C (=O) C (=O) R’ ; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2R’ ; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy; orRe, and Rf taken together with the N atom connecting them form a saturated or unsaturated 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and -OH;wherein the salt is a sodium salt, calcium salt, potassium salt, ammonium salt, or zinc salt.36. The salt of technical solution 35, wherein:Rx is selected from the group consisting of: preferably, preferably, preferably,preferably, preferably, preferably, preferably, preferably, R4a and R5b are independently selected from the group consisting of:● -H, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido;● C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● -OR9, -NReRf;● -OC (=O) (C1-6 alkyl) optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;preferably, R4a is -H, and R5b is -OH;L2 is selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -S-, -NRL1-, and -C (RL2) (RL2) -;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH and -SH;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, -OH, -SH, cyano, -OR10, -OC (=O) R10, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R10, -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , -OS (=O) 1-2R10, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;R1, R2, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, -OH, -SH, cyano, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R9, -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , -OS (=O) 1-2R9, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C2-6 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, or 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, or 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of RL1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’ ;each occurrence of RL2 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; -halo; -OH; -OR9; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’ ;each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; -OH; -halo; -NReRf; C1-4 alkoxy; C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) OH; -C (=O) NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; and cyano;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) R’ ; -C (=O) OR’ ; -C (=O) NR’ R” ; C (=NR” ) NR’ R” ; -C (=O) C (=O) R’ ; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2R’ ; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy; orRe, and Rf taken together with the N atom connecting them form a saturated or unsaturated 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and -OH;preferably, both Re and Rf are C1-6 alkyl, such as -Me.37. The salt of technical solution 35, wherein:Rx is as defined in technical solution 36;R4a is selected from the group consisting of: -H, -halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl;R5b is independently selected from the group consisting of:● -H, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido;● C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;● -OR9, -NReRf;preferably, R4a is -H, and R5b is -OH;L2 is selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -S-, -NH-, -N (C1-3 alkyl) -, -CH2-, -CF2-, -CHF-, -CH (C1-3 alkyl) -, and -C (C1-3 alkyl) OH-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH and -SH;R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -halo, -OH, -OR9, and -OC (=O) R9;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR10, and -OC (=O) R10;R1, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR9, and -OC (=O) R9;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; -OH; -halo; -NReRf; C1-4 alkoxy; C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) OH; -C (=O) NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; and cyano;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) R’ ; -C (=O) OR’ ; -C (=O) NR’ R” ; C (=NR” ) NR’ R” ; -C (=O) C (=O) R’ ; -S (=O) 1-2NR’ R” ; -S (=O) 1-2R’ ; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and -OH;preferably, both Re and Rf are C1-6 alkyl, such as -Me.38. The salt of technical solution 35, wherein:Rx is as defined in technical solution 36;R4a is selected from the group consisting of: -H, -halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl;R5b is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR9, -NReRf, and -halo;L2 is -O-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH and -SH;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, -OH, -SH, cyano, -OR10, -OC (=O) R10, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R10, -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , -OS (=O) 1-2R10, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;R1, R2, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, -OH, -SH, cyano, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R9, -OP (=O) (OR’ ) (OR” ) , -OS (=O) 1-2R9, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C2-6 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’ ; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and -OH;preferably, both Re and Rf are C1-6 alkyl, such as -Me.39. The salt of technical solution 35, wherein:Rx is as defined in technical solution 36;R4a is selected from the group consisting of: -H, -halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl;R5b is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR9, and -NReRf;L2 is -O-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH and -SH;R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -halo, -OH, -OR9, and -OC (=O) R9;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR10, and -OC (=O) R10;R1, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR9, and -OC (=O) R9;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’ R” , -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’ ; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and -OH;preferably, both Re and Rf are C1-6 alkyl, such as -Me.40. The salt of technical solution 35, wherein:Rx is as defined in technical solution 36;R4a is -H, or Me, preferably -H;R5b is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -NH2, -NHMe, -NMe2, and -NHAc, preferably -OH;L2 is -O-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH and -SH, preferably -SH;R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -F, -OH, and -OAc, preferably -OH;R1, R3, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: -OH, and -OAc, preferably -OH;each occurrence of Re and Rf is -H; C1-6 alkyl or -C (=O) C1-4 alkyl, preferably -H or C1-6 alkyl; preferably, both Re and Rf are C1-6 alkyl, such as -Me.41. The salt of technical solution 35, wherein:Rx is selected from the group consisting of: preferablyR4a is -H, or Me, preferably -H;R5b is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -NH2, -NHMe, -NMe2, and -NHAc, preferably -OH;L2 is -O-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH and -SH, preferably -SH;R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -F, -OH, and -OAc, preferably -OAc;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, and -OC (=O) C1-20 alkyl, preferably -OH, and -OAc, preferably, -OAc;R1, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: -OH, and -OAc, preferably -OAc;each occurrence of Re and Rf is -H; C1-6 alkyl or -C (=O) C1-4 alkyl, preferably -H or C1-6 alkyl; preferably, both Re and Rf are C1-6 alkyl, such as -Me.42. A salt of the compound selected from the group consisting of the compounds delineated in Table 1, or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof.43. A salt of the compound selected from the group consisting of:or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof,wherein the salt is a sodium salt, calcium salt, potassium salt, ammonium salt, or zinc salt.44. A salt of the compound selected from the group consisting of:or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof,wherein the salt is a sodium salt, calcium salt, potassium salt, ammonium salt, or zinc salt.45. The salt of any one of technical solutions 1-44, wherein the salt is a sodium salt.46. A salt of the compound, wherein the salt is selected from the group consisting of:or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof.47. A salt of the compound, wherein the salt is selected from the group consisting of:or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof.48. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising:the salt, or the stereoisomer, the stable isotope, the prodrug, or the tautomer thereof according to any one of technical solutions 1-47;pharmaceutically acceptable excipient (s) ; andoptionally, one or more other therapeutic agents.49. A kit, comprising:a first container which contains the salt, or the stereoisomer, the stable isotope, the prodrug, or the tautomer thereof according to any one of technical solutions 1-47; andoptionally, a second container which contains one or more other therapeutic agents; andoptionally, a third container which contains pharmaceutically acceptable excipient (s) for diluting or suspending the said compound and / or other therapeutic agent (s) .50. Use of a salt, or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof according to any one of technical solutions 1-47, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating an immune and / or inflammatory related disease.51. A salt, or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof according to any one of technical solutions 1-47, for use in treating an immune and / or inflammatory related disease.52. A method of treating an immune and / or inflammatory related disease in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a salt, or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof according to any one of technical solutions 1-47.53. The use of technical solution 50 or the compound for use of technical solution 51 or the method of technical solution 52, wherein the immune and / or inflammatory related disease is inflammatory bowel disease.54. The use of technical solution 50 or the compound for use of technical solution 51 or the method of technical solution 52, wherein the immune and / or inflammatory related disease is ulcerative colitis.55. The use of technical solution 50 or the compound for use of technical solution 51 or the method of technical solution 52, wherein the immune and / or inflammatory related disease is Crohn’s disease.56. Use of a salt, or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof according to any one of technical solutions 1-47, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a cancer.57. A salt, or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof according to any one of technical solutions 1-47, for use in treating a cancer.58. A method of treating a cancer in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a salt, or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof according to any one of technical solutions 1-47.59. The use of technical solution 56 or the compound for use of technical solution 57 or the method of technical solution 58, wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of brain cancer, skin cancer, bladder cancer, ovarian cancer, breast cancer, gastric cancer, pancreatic cancer, hepatocellular cancer, prostate cancer, colorectal cancer, blood cancer, lung cancer, and bone cancer.60. The use of technical solution 56 or the compound for use of technical solution 57 or the method of technical solution 58, wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of:small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, colorectal cancer, melanoma, renal cell carcinoma, head and neck cancer, Hodgkin's lymphoma, and bladder cancer.61. Use of a salt, or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof according to any one of technical solutions 1-47, in the manufacture of a medicament for enhancing the efficacy of a vaccine.62. A salt, or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof according to any one of technical solutions 1-47, for use in enhancing the efficacy of a vaccine.63. A method of enhancing the efficacy of a vaccine in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a salt, or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof according to any one of technical solutions 1-47.64. The use of technical solution 61 or the compound for use of technical solution 62 or the method of technical solution 63, wherein the vaccine is a cancer vaccine.65. The use of technical solution 61 or the compound for use of technical solution 62 or the method of technical solution 63, wherein the vaccine is a bacterial vaccine.66. The use of technical solution 61 or the compound for use of technical solution 62 or the method of technical solution 63, wherein the vaccine is a viral vaccine.67. The use of technical solution 61 or the compound for use of technical solution 62 or the method of technical solution 63, wherein the vaccine is a parasite vaccine.68. The use of technical solution 61 or the compound for use of technical solution 62 or the method of technical solution 63, wherein the compound is an adjuvant.69. Use of a salt, or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof according to any one of technical solutions 1-47, in the manufacture of a medicament for enhancing innate immunity.70. A salt, or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof according to any one of technical solutions 1-47, for use in enhancing innate immunity.71. A method of enhancing innate immunity in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a salt, or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof according to any one of technical solutions 1-47.72. The use of technical solution 69 or the compound for use of technical solution 70 or the method of technical solution 71, wherein administering comprises intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intratumoral, or intravenous administration.73. The use of technical solution 69 or the compound for use of technical solution 70 or the method of technical solution 71, wherein administering further comprises one or more immunotherapeutic agents.74. The use of technical solution 69 or the compound for use of technical solution 70 or the method of technical solution 71, wherein the one or more immunotherapeutic agents comprises a small molecule, an antibody, or a cytokine.75. A method of preparing the salt according to any one of claims 1-47, comprising the following steps:a) a solution of the compound according to any one of claims 1-47 in ACN / H2O is treated with NaHCO3 to a pH of 7-8.3;b) the solution of step a) is enriched by a HPLC column, by washing with NaHCO3 solution;c) the fraction containing the salt was collected and lyophilized to afford the salt.76. The method of technical solution 75, wherein the NaHCO3 in step a) is a 1%-50%NaHCO3 solution, preferably 3%-20%NaHCO3 solution, preferably 5%-10%NaHCO3 solution, preferably 5%NaHCO3 solution.77. The method of technical solution 76, wherein the NaHCO3 solution is added at 2-8℃.78. The method of any one of technical solutions 75-77, wherein before the step a) , the compound (optionally in a NMP, DMF, THF, DCM, DMSO solution) is subjected to a HPLC purification.76. The method of any one of technical solutions 75-78, wherein the HPLC is washed with water containing 0.1%trifluoroacetic acid (v / v) as mobile phase A, and acetonitrile as mobile phase B, to afford the solution of the compound in ACN / H2O.80. The method of any one of technical solutions 75-79, wherein in the step b) , the column is washed with 1-1000 mM NaHCO3, preferably 1-200 mM NaHCO3, preferably 1-150 mM NaHCO3, preferably 5-120 mM NaHCO3, preferably 10 mM NaHCO3.81. The method of any one of technical solutions 75-80, wherein in the step b) , following washing with NaHCO3, the HPLC column is further washed with purified water to remove extra inorganic salt.82. The method of any one of technical solutions 75-81, wherein in the step b) , the HPLC column is eluted with aqueous acetonitrile to afford the fraction containing the salt.83. The method of any one of technical solutions 75-82, wherein in the step c) , the lyophilization was runned at <30℃ under <50 Pa for at least 24h.Pharmaceutical Compositions and AdministrationGeneralIn some embodiments, a chemical entity (e.g., a compound that modulates (e.g., agonizes) ALPK1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, and / or hydrate, and / or cocrystal, and / or stable isotope, and / or prodrug, and / or drug combination thereof) is administered as a pharmaceutical composition that includes the chemical entity and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, and optionally one or more additional therapeutic agents as described herein.In some embodiments, the chemical entities can be administered in combination with one or more conventional pharmaceutical excipients. Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, self-emulsifying drug delivery systems (SEDDS) such as d-α-tocopherol polyethylene glycol 1000 succinate, surfactants used in pharmaceutical dosage forms such as Tweens, poloxamers or other similar polymeric delivery matrices, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, tris, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium-chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, and wool fat. Cyclodextrins such as α-, β, and γ-cyclodextrin, or chemically modified derivatives such as hydroxyalkylcyclodextrins, including 2-and 3-hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrins, or other solubilized derivatives can also be used to enhance delivery of salts described herein. Dosage forms or compositions containing a chemical entity as described herein in the range of 0.005%to 100%with the balance made up from non-toxic excipient may be prepared. The contemplated compositions may contain 0.001%-100%of a chemical entity provided herein, in one embodiment 0.1-95%, in another embodiment 75-85%, in a further embodiment 20-80%. Actual methods of preparing such dosage forms are known, or will be apparent, to those skilled in this art; for example, see Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 22nd Edition (Pharmaceutical Press, London, UK. 2012) .Routes of Administration and Composition ComponentsIn some embodiments, the chemical entities described herein or a pharmaceutical composition thereof can be administered to subject in need thereof by any accepted route of administration. Acceptable routes of administration include, but are not limited to, buccal, cutaneous, endocervical, endosinusial, endotracheal, enteral, epidural, interstitial, intra-abdominal, intra-arterial, intrabronchial, intrabursal, intracerebral, intracisternal, intracoronary, intradermal, intraductal, intraduodenal, intradural, intraepidermal, intraesophageal, intragastric, intragingival, intraileal, intralymphatic, intramedullary, intrameningeal, intramuscular, intraovarian, intraperitoneal, intraprostatic, intrapulmonary, intrasinal, intraspinal, intrasynovial, intratesticular, intrathecal, intratubular, intratumoral, intrauterine, intravascular, intravenous, nasal, nasogastric, oral, parenteral, percutaneous, peridural, rectal, respiratory (inhalation) , subcutaneous, sublingual, submucosal, topical, transdermal, transmucosal, transtracheal, ureteral, urethral and vaginal. In certain embodiments, a preferred route of administration is parenteral (e.g., intratumoral) .Compositions can be formulated for parenteral administration, e.g., formulated for injection via the intravenous, intramuscular, sub-cutaneous, or even intraperitoneal routes. Typically, such compositions can be prepared as injectables, either as liquid solutions or suspensions; solid forms suitable for use to prepare solutions or suspensions upon the addition of a liquid prior to injection can also be prepared; and the preparations can also be emulsified. The preparation of such formulations will be known to those of skill in the art in light of the present disclosure.The pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions; formulations including sesame oil, peanut oil, or aqueous propylene glycol; and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. In all cases the form must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that it may be easily injected. It also should be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms, such as bacteria and fungi.The carrier also can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like) , suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion, and by the use of surfactants. The prevention of the action of microorganisms can be brought about by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars or sodium chloride. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by the use in the compositions of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.Sterile injectable solutions are prepared by incorporating the active compounds in the required amount in the appropriate solvent with various of the other ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the various sterilized active ingredients into a sterile vehicle which contains the basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum-drying and freeze-drying techniques, which yield a powder of the active ingredient, plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.Intratumoral injections are discussed, e.g., in Lammers, et al., “Effect of Intratumoral Injection on the Biodistribution and the Therapeutic Potential of HPMA Copolymer-Based Drug Delivery Systems” Neoplasia. 2006, 10, 788-795.Pharmacologically acceptable excipients usable in the rectal composition as a gel, cream, enema, or rectal suppository, include, without limitation, any one or more of cocoa butter glycerides, synthetic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, PEG (like PEG ointments) , glycerine, glycerinated gelatin, hydrogenated vegetable oils, poloxamers, mixtures of polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights and fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycol Vaseline, anhydrous lanolin, shark liver oil, sodium saccharinate, menthol, sweet almond oil, sorbitol, sodium benzoate, anoxid SBN, vanilla essential oil, aerosol, parabens in phenoxyethanol, sodium methyl p-oxybenzoate, sodium propyl p-oxybenzoate, diethylamine, carbomers, carbopol, methyloxybenzoate, macrogol cetostearyl ether, cocoyl caprylocaprate, isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol, liquid paraffin, xanthan gum, carboxy-metabisulfite, sodium edetate, sodium benzoate, potassium metabisulfite, grapefruit seed extract, methyl sulfonyl methane (MSM) , lactic acid, glycine, vitamins, such as vitamin A and E and potassium acetate.In certain embodiments, suppositories can be prepared by mixing the chemical entities described herein with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum and release the active compound. In other embodiments, compositions for rectal administration are in the form of an enema.In other embodiments, the salts described herein or a pharmaceutical composition thereof are suitable for local delivery to the digestive or GI tract by way of oral administration (e.g., solid or liquid dosage forms. ) .Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the chemical entity is mixed with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and / or: a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite clay, and i) lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may also comprise buffering agents. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.In one embodiment, the compositions will take the form of a unit dosage form such as a pill or tablet and thus the composition may contain, along with a chemical entity provided herein, a diluent such as lactose, sucrose, dicalcium phosphate, or the like; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or the like; and a binder such as starch, gum acacia, polyvinylpyrrolidine, gelatin, cellulose, cellulose derivatives or the like. In another solid dosage form, a powder, marume, solution or suspension (e.g., in propylene carbonate, vegetable oils, PEG’s , poloxamer 124 or triglycerides) is encapsulated in a capsule (gelatin or cellulose base capsule) . Unit dosage forms in which one or more chemical entities provided herein or additional active agents are physically separated are also contemplated; e.g., capsules with granules (or tablets in a capsule) of each drug; two-layer tablets; two-compartment gel caps, etc. Enteric coated or delayed release oral dosage forms are also contemplated.Other physiologically acceptable compounds include wetting agents, emulsifying agents, dispersing agents or preservatives that are particularly useful for preventing the growth or action of microorganisms. Various preservatives are well known and include, for example, phenol and ascorbic acid.In certain embodiments the excipients are sterile and generally free of undesirable matter. These compositions can be sterilized by conventional, well-known sterilization techniques. For various oral dosage form excipients such as tablets and capsules sterility is not required. The USP / NF standard is usually sufficient.In certain embodiments, solid oral dosage forms can further include one or more components that chemically and / or structurally predispose the composition for delivery of the chemical entity to the stomach or the lower GI; e.g., the ascending colon and / or transverse colon and / or distal colon and / or small bowel. Exemplary formulation techniques are described in, e.g., Filipski, K. J., et al., Current Topics in Medicinal Chemistry, 2013, 13, 776-802, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.Examples include upper-GI targeting techniques, e.g., Accordion Pill (Intec Pharma) , floating capsules, and materials capable of adhering to mucosal walls.Other examples include lower-GI targeting techniques. For targeting various regions in the intestinal tract, several enteric / pH-responsive coatings and excipients are available. These materials are typically polymers that are designed to dissolve or erode at specific pH ranges, selected based upon the GI region of desired drug release. These materials also function to protect acid labile drugs from gastric fluid or limit exposure in cases where the active ingredient may be irritating to the upper GI (e.g., hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate series, Coateric (polyvinyl acetate phthalate) , cellulose acetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose acetate succinate, Eudragit series (methacrylic acid-methyl methacrylate copolymers) , and Marcoat) . Other techniques include dosage forms that respond to local flora in the GI tract, Pressure-controlled colon delivery capsule, and Pulsincap.Ocular compositions can include, without limitation, one or more of any of the following: viscogens (e.g., Carboxymethylcellulose, Glycerin, Polyvinylpyrrolidone, Polyethylene glycol) ; Stabilizers (e.g., Pluronic (triblock copolymers) , Cyclodextrins) ; Preservatives (e.g., Benzalkonium chloride, ETDA, SofZia (boric acid, propylene glycol, sorbitol, and zinc chloride; Alcon Laboratories, Inc. ) , Purite (stabilized oxychloro complex; Allergan, Inc. ) ) .Topical compositions can include ointments and creams. Ointments are semisolid preparations that are typically based on petrolatum or other petroleum derivatives. Creams containing the selected active agent are typically viscous liquid or semisolid emulsions, often either oil-in-water or water-in-oil. Cream bases are typically water-washable, and contain an oil phase, an emulsifier and an aqueous phase. The oil phase, also sometimes called the “internal” phase, is generally comprised of petrolatum and a fatty alcohol such as cetyl or stearyl alcohol; the aqueous phase usually, although not necessarily, exceeds the oil phase in volume, and generally contains a humectant. The emulsifier in a cream formulation is generally a nonionic, anionic, cationic or amphoteric surfactant. As with other carriers or vehicles, an ointment base should be inert, stable, nonirritating and non-sensitizing.In any of the foregoing embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions described herein can include one or more one or more of the following: lipids, interbilayer crosslinked multilamellar vesicles, biodegradeable poly (D, L-lactic-co-glycolic acid) [PLGA] -based or poly anhydride-based nanoparticles or microparticles, and nanoporous particle-supported lipid bilayers.DosagesThe dosages may be varied depending on the requirement of the patient, the severity of the condition being treating and the particular salt being employed. Determination of the proper dosage for a particular situation can be determined by one skilled in the medical arts. The total daily dosage may be divided and administered in portions throughout the day or by means providing continuous delivery.In some embodiments, the salts described herein are administered at a dosage of from about 0.001 mg / Kg to about 500 mg / Kg (e.g., from about 0.001 mg / Kg to about 200 mg / Kg; from about 0.01 mg / Kg to about 200 mg / Kg; from about 0.01 mg / Kg to about 150 mg / Kg; from about 0.01 mg / Kg to about 100 mg / Kg; from about 0.01 mg / Kg to about 50 mg / Kg; from about 0.01 mg / Kg to about 10 mg / Kg; from about 0.01 mg / Kg to about 5 mg / Kg; from about 0.01 mg / Kg to about 1 mg / Kg; from about 0.01 mg / Kg to about 0.5 mg / Kg; from about 0.01 mg / Kg to about 0.1 mg / Kg; from about 0.1 mg / Kg to about 200 mg / Kg; from about 0.1 mg / Kg to about 150 mg / Kg; from about 0.1 mg / Kg to about 100 mg / Kg; from about 0.1 mg / Kg to about 50 mg / Kg; from about 0.1 mg / Kg to about 10 mg / Kg; from about 0.1 mg / Kg to about 5 mg / Kg; from about 0.1 mg / Kg to about 1 mg / Kg; from about 0.1 mg / Kg to about 0.5 mg / Kg) .RegimensThe foregoing dosages can be administered on a daily basis (e.g., as a single dose or as two or more divided doses) or non-daily basis (e.g., every other day, every two days, every three days, once weekly, twice weeks, once every two weeks, once a month) .In some embodiments, the period of administration of a salt described herein is for 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 8 days, 9 days, 10 days, 1 1 days, 12 days, 13 days, 14 days, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 7 weeks, 8 weeks, 9 weeks, 10 weeks, 11 weeks, 12 weeks, 4 months, 5 months, 6 months, 7 months, 8 months, 9 months, 10 months, 1 1 months, 12 months, or more. In a further embodiment, a period of during which administration is stopped is for 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 8 days, 9 days, 10 days, 1 1 days, 12 days, 13 days, 14 days, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 7 weeks, 8 weeks, 9 weeks, 10 weeks, 1 1 weeks, 12 weeks, 4 months, 5 months, 6 months, 7 months, 8 months, 9 months, 10 months, 1 1 months, 12 months, or more. In an embodiment, a therapeutic salt is administered to an individual for a period of time followed by a separate period of time. In another embodiment, a therapeutic salt is administered for a first period and a second period following the first period, with administration stopped during the second period, followed by a third period where administration of the therapeutic salt is started and then a fourth period following the third period where administration is stopped. In an aspect of this embodiment, the period of administration of a therapeutic salt followed by a period where administration is stopped is repeated for a determined or undetermined period of time. In a further embodiment, a period of administration is for 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 8 days, 9 days, 10 days, 11 days, 12 days, 13 days, 14 days, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 7 weeks, 8 weeks, 9 weeks, 10 weeks, 11 weeks, 12 weeks, 4 months, 5 months, 6 months, 7 months, 8 months, 9 months, 10 months, 11 months, 12 months, or more. In a further embodiment, a period of during which administration is stopped is for 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 8 days, 9 days, 10 days, 11 days, 12 days, 13 days, 14 days, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 7 weeks, 8 weeks, 9 weeks, 10 weeks, 11 weeks, 12 weeks, 4 months, 5 months, 6 months, 7 months, 8 months, 9 months, 10 months, 11 months, 12 months, or more.Immunogenic CompositionsIn another aspect, this disclosure provides immunogenic compositions (e.g., vaccines) that include (i) one or more agents (e.g., one or more antigens) that elicit an immunological response in a subject (e.g., a human or animal subject) and (ii) one or more adjuvants having Formulae described herein.In another aspect, this disclosure provides immunogenic combinations as one or more kits or packs. In certain embodiments, the kit or pack includes two or more separately contained / packaged components, e.g. two components, which when mixed, provide the desired immunogenic compositions as described herein. In certain of these embodiments, the two-component system includes a first component and a second component, in which: (i) the first component is a vaccine and (ii) the second component includes one or more adjuvants having Formulae described herein.In some embodiments, the immunological response observed is greater than the immunological response observed in the absence of the one or more adjuvants.In some embodiments, immunological response stimulates the subject’s (e.g., a human or animal subject’s ) immune system to produce immunity to a specific disease or conditionIn some embodiments, the immunological response can be a cellular and / or antibody-mediated immune response to the immunogenic compositions described herein. For example, an "immunological response" includes but is not limited to one or more of the following effects: the production or activation of antibodies, B cells, helper T cells, suppressor T cells, and / or cytotoxic T cells and / or gamma-delta T cells, directed specifically to an antigen or antigens included in the immunogenic compositions described herein. Preferably, the subject will display either a protective immunological response or a therapeutically effective response.A "protective immunological response" can be demonstrated by either a reduction or lack of clinical signs normally displayed by an infected host, a quicker recovery time and / or a lowered duration of infectivity or lowered pathogen titer in the tissues or body fluids or excretions of the infected host.In some embodiments, the one or more agents that elicit an immunological response in a subject are one or more antigens.In some embodiments, the "vaccine" is a pharmaceutical preparation used for the purpose of the prevention of infection and contains a deactivated or attenuated antigen. The vaccine can induce the immune response when administered to a human or animal subject and prevent the infection (including allergic reactions) with the antigen contained in the vaccine and the aggravation of the infection after the induction. A vaccine typically contains an agent resembling a disease-causing microorganism and typically made from weakened or killed forms of the microbe, its toxins, or one of its surface proteins. While not wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the agent stimulates the body's immune system to recognize the agent as a threat, destroy it, and to further recognize and destroy any of the microorganisms associated with that agent that it may encounter in the future. Vaccines can be prophylactic (to prevent or ameliorate the effects of a future infection by a natural or "wild" pathogen) , or therapeutic (to fight a disease that has already occurred, such as cancer) .As used herein, the term "adjuvant" means a substance that is administered with an antigen and thereby increases the antigenicity of the antigen to facilitate the induction of immune response.As used herein, the term "antigen" refers to a generic term for foreign substances, or a part thereof, that enter the living body from the outside and cause the immune response in the living body (e.g., a toxin or other foreign substance, which induces an immune response in the body, especially the production of antibodies. ) . The antigens include exogenous pathogens such as bacteria and viruses that cause various infections as well as allergens, which cause the allergic reaction among pollens, foods, and the like.AntigensWhen administered to a subject, antigens generally specifically interact with an antigen recognition molecule of the immune system such as, e.g., an immunoglobulin (antibody) or a T cell antigen receptor (TCR) to elicit an immune response leading to the generation of a cell response (e.g., memory cells (e.g., memory B-and T-cells) or cytotoxic cells) and / or a humoral (antibody) response.An "antigen" as used herein refers to, but is not limited to, components which elicit an immunological response in a host to an immunogenic composition or vaccine of interest comprising such antigen or an immunologically active component thereof. The antigen or immunologically active component can be a whole microorganism (in inactivated or modified live form) , or any fragment or fraction thereof, which, if administered to a host, can elicit an immunological response in the host. The antigen can be or can comprise complete live organisms in either its original form or as attenuated organisms in a so called modified live vaccine (MLV) . The antigen can further comprise appropriate elements of said organisms (subunit vaccines) whereby these elements are generated either by destroying the whole organism or the growth cultures of such organisms and subsequent purification steps yielding in the desired structure (s) , or by synthetic processes induced by an appropriate manipulation of a suitable system like, but not restricted to bacteria, insects, mammalian or other species, and optionally by subsequent isolation and purification procedures, or by induction of said synthetic processes in the animal needing a vaccine by direct incorporation of genetic material using suitable pharmaceutical compositions (polynucleotide vaccination) . The antigen can comprise whole organisms inactivated by appropriate methods in a so called killed vaccine (KV) . If the organism is a bacterium, the killed vaccine is called a bacterin.The compositions, combinations, and methods described herein may be used with any type of antigens such as, without limitation, whole pathogens (such as cells, viruses) or fragments or fractions thereof (such as proteins, polypeptides, peptides, nucleic acids, lipids, etc. ) . The pathogen may be any agent capable of infecting an animal, for example, a human, avian (e.g., chicken, turkey, duck, pigeon, etc. ) , canine, feline, bovine, porcine, or equine. The antigen may be e.g., a whole pathogen, a "surface antigen" expressed naturally e.g., on the surface of a pathogen or of an infected or diseased (e.g. tumor) cell.More particularly, the antigen may be any pathogenic, or not, microorganisms, such as viruses, bacteria, any other parasites, or antigens. These may be live, attenuated, inactivated, or killed microorganisms, either whole microorganisms or microorganisms's ubunits, inactivated chimeric or recombinant microorganisms, disrupted microorganisms, mutant microorganisms, defective microorganisms, or combinations thereof. The antigen may also be or include one or more epitopes or antigenic parts of the whole microorganism structure, e.g., virus, bacteria or parasite, such as preparations of antigenic proteins from pathogens, recombinant proteins, preferably viral antigen, such as viral capsid proteins, cell wall proteins, peptides, or parts of bacterial or parasite structure, such as polysaccharides, lipopolysaccharides and glycoproteins. The antigen may also be a DNA or recombinant DNA. Antigens may be provided in a purified or an unpurified form.When the antigen is an attenuated microorganism, such as a virus, bacterium or other pathogens, the attenuated pathogen retains immunogenic properties and is essentially devoid of pathogenic properties. Attenuation can come from natural or artificial attenuation processes such as passages in living animals or various natural media including organs, cells, embryonated eggs, etc. Artificial attenuation can also be obtained by chemical treatment, drying, aging, adaptation to low temperatures or particular conditions of culture, genetic deletions, etc.The antigen may also comprise killed inactivated microorganisms. Preparation of inactivated viruses for vaccination is generally achieved via chemical or physical means. Chemical inactivation can be effected by treating viruses for example with enzymes, formaldehyde, . beta. -propiolactone, Binary ethylene-imine or a derivative thereof. Inactivated virus so obtained may be neutralized or stabilized afterwards. Physical inactivation may be carried out by subjecting viruses to energy-rich radiation, such as UV-light, X-radiation or . gamma. -radiation.Bacteria, including spores, can be inactivated e.g., by heat, pressure and / or the use of chemical agents often referred to as bacteriocides. For example, corrosive compositions, e.g., formaldehyde and sodium hypochlorite (bleach) , have been used to inactivate bacteria. Alternatively, inactivation of bacteria may be obtained by ethylene oxide exposure, g-irradiation, steam sterilization, or by using near-and supercritical carbon dioxide treatment. The bacteria may also by inactivated or rendered avirulant by genetic modification of one or several genes involved in pathogenicity. Examples of such genetic modifications are disclosed for instance in WO2012 / 092226.Such attenuated or inactivated microorganisms, e.g., viruses, bacteria or other avian parasites may also be purchased from commercial sources.The antigen may be homologous or heterologous types.Vaccines or compositions of the invention may comprise a combination of live antigens, synthetic antigens, fragments or fractions thereof. The compositions may also comprise antigens from various pathogens, to provide broad immune response.Antigens may be (derived from) viruses responsible for common diseases as described by G. D. Butcher, J. P. Jacob, and F. B. Mather (PS47, Veterinary Medicine-Large Animal Clinical Sciences Department, Florida Cooperative Extension Service, Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences, University of Florida; May 1999) such as Avian Pox, Newcastle Disease, Infectious Bronchitis, Quail Bronchitis, Lymphoid Leukosis, Marek's Disease, Infectious Bursal Disease, Infectious Laryngo tracheitis, Egg Drop Syndrome, Reovirosis, Infectious Tenosynovitis, Avian Encephalomyelitis, Swollen Head Syndrome, Turkey Rhinotracheitis or Avian Influenza, from bacteria responsible for mycoplasmosis, pasteurellosis, salmonellosis, bordetellosis, etc., and / or from other avian parasites responsible for coccidiosis, campylobacteriosis. Preferred vaccine used in the vaccine composition of the present invention comprises whole attenuated live virus strain.Non-limiting examples of the viral antigens include an inactivated or attenuated preparation (s) of at least one virus selected from the group consisting of influenza virus, norovirus, rotavirus, human papillomavirus, varicella virus, measles virus, mumps virus, poliovirus, adenovirus, herpesvirus, human coronavirus, rubella virus, HIV, smallpox virus, Ebola virus, hepatitis virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, parvovirus, coronavirus, Zika and cowpox virus, or a part or a component thereof.In some embodiments, the antigen is an antigen from at least one virus that causes hand, foot, and mouth disease in humans, such as EV71, CA6, and CA16. Advantageously, the antigens may include at least one adaptation mutation that allows for production in cultured non-human cell lines such as Vero cells. Moreover, as disclosed herein, the vaccines and immunogenic compositions of the present disclosure have been demonstrated to induce a protective immune response against viruses that cause hand, foot, and mouth disease in humans. In some embodiments, the antigen is a PPV viral protein 2 (VP2) antigen.In some embodiments, the antigen is a coronavirus antigen. MERS-CoV antigens include viral antigens encoded by the structural protein genes Spike (S) , Envelope (E) , Membrane (M) and nucleopcapside (N) . MERS-CoV also expresses a polymerase. Spike (S) protein is assembled into trimers which form peplomers on the surface of the viral particle that give the Coronaviridae family its name. Typically, an immunogen or vaccine containing a CD40-targeted polypeptide (a polypeptide that is directed or targeted to CD40 on antigen presenting cells) of the invention will only contain viral S protein, or only S1 protein epitopes, for example, it will omit epitopes from other MERS-CoV antigens and a S1-specific immunogen will omit S2 epitopes. However, in some embodiments, such a vaccine may substitute or include one or more other antigens or epitopes of non-S1 MERS-CoV antigens either as part of a CD40-targeted polypeptide or as a separate ingredient of an immunogenic composition or vaccine.In addition to MERS-CoV, other types of human coronaviruses are known. These are 229E (alpha coronavirus) , NL63 (alpha coronavirus) , OC43 (beta coronavirus) , HKU1 (beta coronavirus) and SARS-CoV (the beta coronavirus that causes severe acute respiratory syndrome, or SARS) , and SARS-CoV-2 (the coronavirus that causes COVID-19) . Viral proteins involved in recognition, attachment and invasion of human host cells from these other coronaviruses, such as coronavirus S proteins, may be substituted for the S or S1 protein of MERS-CoV in the polypeptide according to the invention. In combination with a CD40 ligand, these polypeptides may provide substantial immunity against coronaviruses and reduce the severity of side-effects associated with vaccination, such as vaccine-induced inflammation or immunological hypersensitivity to an exogenous antigen.Animal coronaviruses include Infectious bronchitis virus (IBV) which causes avian infectious bronchitis; Porcine coronavirus (transmissible gastroenteritis coronavirus of pigs, TGEV) ; Bovine coronavirus (BCV) , responsible for severe profuse enteritis in of young calves; Feline coronavirus (FCoV) causes mild enteritis in cats as well as severe Feline infectious peritonitis (other variants of the same virus) ; two types of canine coronavirus (CCoV) (one causing enteritis, the other found in respiratory diseases) ; Turkey coronavirus (TCV) causes enteritis in turkeys; Ferret enteric coronavirus causes epizootic catarrhal enteritis in ferrets; Ferret systemic coronavirus causes FIP-like systemic syndrome in ferrets; Pantropic canine coronavirus; porcine epidemic diarrhea virus (PED or PEDV) , has emerged around the world. Its economic importance is as yet unclear, but shows high mortality in piglets. In some embodiments, the invention is directed to immunogenic polypeptides containing a ligand targeting CD40 and an S1 protein analog from another coronavirus which replaces the MERS-CoV S1 determinants in a CD40-targeted MERS-CoV S1 fusion proteins.Other viral antigen or fragment thereof, or variant thereof include but are not limited to a virus from one of the following families: Adenoviridae, Arenaviridae, Bunyaviridae, Caliciviridae, Coronaviridae, Filoviridae, Hepadnaviridae, Herpesviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Papovaviridae, Paramyxoviridae, Parvoviridae, Picornaviridae, Poxviridae, Reoviridae, Retroviridae, Rhabdoviridae, or Togaviridae. The viral antigen can be from human papillomoa virus (HPV) , human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) , polio virus, hepatitis B virus, hepatitis C virus, smallpox virus (Variola major and minor) , vaccinia virus, influenza virus, rhinoviruses, dengue fever virus, equine encephalitis viruses, rubella virus, yellow fever virus, Norwalk virus, hepatitis A virus, human T-cell leukemia virus (HTLV-I) , hairy cell leukemia virus (HTLV-II) , California encephalitis virus, Hanta virus (hemorrhagic fever) , rabies virus, Ebola fever virus, Marburg virus, measles virus, mumps virus, respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) , herpes simplex 1, herpes simplex 2, varicella-zoster virus, cytomegalovirus (CMV) , Epstein-Barr virus (EBV) , flavivirus, foot and mouth disease virus, chikungunya virus, lassa virus, arenavirus, Nipah virus, Lassa virus or cancer causing virus.Influenza virus strains for use in vaccines change from season to season. In the current inter-pandemic period, vaccines typically include two influenza A strains (H1N1 and H3N2) and one influenza B strain, and trivalent vaccines are typical. The invention may also use viruses from pandemic strains (i.e. strains to which the vaccine recipient and the general human population are immunologically naive) , such as H2, H5, H7 or H9 subtype strains (in particular of influenza A virus) , and influenza vaccines for pandemic strains may be monovalent or may be based on a normal trivalent vaccine supplemented by a pandemic strain. Depending on the season and on the nature of the antigen included in the vaccine, however, the invention may protect against one or more of influenza A virus hemagglutinin subtypes H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, H6, H7, H8, H9, H10, H11, H12, H13, H14, H15 or H16. The invention may protect against one or more of influenza A virus NA subtypes N1, N2, N3, N4, N5, N6, N7, N8 or N9.As well as being suitable for immunizing against inter-pandemic strains, the adjuvanted compositions of the invention are useful for immunizing against pandemic strains. The characteristics of an influenza strain that give it the potential to cause a pandemic outbreak are: (a) it contains a new hemagglutinin compared to the hemagglutinins in currently-circulating human strains, i.e. one that has not been evident in the human population for over a decade (e.g. H2) , or has not previously been seen at all in the human population (e.g. H5, H6 or H9, that have generally been found only in bird populations) , such that the human population will be immunologically naive to the strain's hemagglutinin; (b) it is capable of being transmitted horizontally in the human population; and (c) it is pathogenic to humans. A virus with H5 haemagglutinin type is preferred for immunising against pandemic influenza, such as a H5N1 strain. Other possible strains include H5N3, H9N2, H2N2, H7N1 and H7N7, and any other emerging potentially pandemic strains. Within the H5 subtype, a virus may fall into HA clade 1, HA clade 1', HA clade 2 or HA clade 3, with clades 1 and 3 being particularly relevant.Other strains that can usefully be included in the compositions are strains which are resistant to antiviral therapy (e.g. resistant to oseltamivir
[0022] and / or zanamivir) , including resistant pandemic strains.Compositions of the invention may include antigen (s) from one or more (e.g. 1, 2, 3, 4 or more) influenza virus strains, including influenza A virus and / or influenza B virus. Monovalent vaccines are not preferred, and where a vaccine includes more than one strain of influenza, the different strains are typically grown separately and are mixed after the viruses have been harvested and antigens have been prepared. Thus a process of the invention may include the step of mixing antigens from more than one influenza strain. A trivalent vaccine is preferred, including two influenza A virus strains and one influenza B virus strain.In some embodiments of the invention, the compositions may include antigen from a single influenza A strain. In some embodiments, the compositions may include antigen from two influenza A strains, provided that these two strains are not H1N1 and H3N2. In some embodiments, the compositions may include antigen from more than two influenza A strains.The influenza virus may be a reassortant strain, and may have been obtained by reverse genetics techniques. Reverse genetics techniques [e.g. 24-28] allow influenza viruses with desired genome segments to be prepared in vitro using plasmids. Typically, it involves expressing (a) DNA molecules that encode desired viral RNA molecules e.g. from poll promoters, and (b) DNA molecules that encode viral proteins e.g. from polII promoters, such that expression of both types of DNA in a cell leads to assembly of a complete intact infectious virion. The DNA preferably provides all of the viral RNA and proteins, but it is also possible to use a helper virus to provide some of the RNA and proteins. Plasmid-based methods using separate plasmids for producing each viral RNA are preferred [29-31] , and these methods will also involve the use of plasmids to express all or some (e.g. just the PB1, PB2, PA and NP proteins) of the viral proteins, with 12 plasmids being used in some methods.As well as including diphtheria toxoid, a tetanus toxoid, a pertussis toxoid and / or poliovirus antigens, immunogenic compositions of the invention may include antigens from further pathogens. For example, these antigens may be HBsAg, conjugated Hib capsular saccharide, conjugated N. meningitidis capsular saccharide (one or more of serogroups A, C, W135 and / or Y) or conjugated S. pnetimonide capsular saccharide. For example, any of the suitable antigen components of PEDIARIX, MENVEO, MENACTRA, NIMENRIX, PREVNAR, or SYNFLORIX can be used.Antigens are or derive from cellular pathogens, particularly from bacteria or fungi such as Actinobaccilus pleuropneumoniae, Pasteurella multocida, Streptococcus pneumonia, Streptococcus pyogenes, E. coli, Salmonella, Shigella, Yersinia, Campylobacter, Clostridium, Vibrio and Giardia, Entamoeba, and Cryptosporidium.In a particular embodiment, the at least one antigen comprises a bacterial cell, preferably a live, attenuated, or inactivated bacterium. Within the context of the present invention the bacterial cell can comprise whole cells, cell sub-fractions or debris or pellets thereof.In an embodiment, the bacterial cell is a salmonella bacterium, preferably selected from strains of Salmonella enteritidis, Salmonella kentucky, Salmonella typhimurium, Salmonella heidelberg, or a combination thereof. More particularly, the antigen comprises a combination of several different bacterial cells, more preferably of different strains of Salmonella, and / or sub-fractions thereof. In a preferred embodiment, the antigen comprises at least two different Salmonella cells selected from Salmonella enteritidis, Salmonella typhimurium, and Salmonella kentucky.Non-limiting examples of the bacterial antigens include an inactivated or attenuated preparation (s) of at least one bacterium selected from the group consisting of Haemophilus influenzae, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Bordetella pertussis, tetanus bacilli, Corynebacterium diphtheriae, Tubercle bacilli, Escherichia coli such as enterohemorrhagic Escherichia coli, Vibrio cholerae, salmonellae, and methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus or a part or a component thereof.Non-limiting examples of the allergens include pollen (cedar pollen, Poaceae pollen, Compositae pollen, and the like) , fungi, insects, foods (soybean, egg, milk, and the like) , and drugs (penicillin and the like) .According to a further embodiment of the invention the antigen is originating from a pathogen selected from the group consisting of bacteria as Chlamydia, Clostridia, Brucella, Yersinia or virus, specifically selected from the group consisting of outer membrane protein 2 (OMP2) , class I accessible protein 1 (Cap1) , cysteine-rich protein A (CrpA) , Chlamydia polymorphic membrane proteins (Pmps) , specifically PmpA to PmpI, Chlamydia heat shock protein 60 (HSP60) , Chlamydia heat shock protein 10 (HSP10) , Chlamydia protease-like activity factor (CPAF) , Yersinia pseudotuberculosis (YopD) or a homolog thereof, enolase, arginine binding protein (ArtJ) , V-type ATP synthase subunit A (AtpA) , peptidyl-prolyl cis-trans isomerase (Mip) , glycogen synthase (GIgA) , iron binding protein (YtgA) , Vtype ATP synthase subunit E (AtpE) , type III secretion chaperone (SycD) , type III secretion proteins SctC or SctJ, tetanus toxoid, herpes simplex virus, varicella zoster virus or any combinations, fragments or derivatives thereof.Cancer vaccines are designed to treat cancers by boosting the body's natural ability to protect itself, through the immune system. It has always represented a very attractive therapeutic approach, especially in light of the many shortcomings of conventional surgery, radiation and chemotherapies in the management of cancer. However, due to the low immunogenicity of the cancer carbohydrate antigen and the fact that many synthetic vaccines induce mainly IgM and to a lesser extent IgG antibody, the effectiveness of such cancer vaccine is still low. Various approaches have been explored, such as the use of an adjuvant, to aid immune recognition and activation.Of the tumor associated glycans reported, the glycolipid antigen Globo H (Fuc. alpha. 1. fwdarw. 2 Gal. beta. 1. fwdarw. 3 GalNAc. beta. 1. fwdarw. 3 Gal. alpha. 1. fwdarw. 4 Gal. beta. 1. fwdarw. 4 Glc) was first isolated and identified in 1984 by Hakomori et al. from breast cancer MCF-7 cells. (Bremer E G, et al. (1984) J Biol Chem 259: 14773-14777. ) Further studies with anti-Globo H monoclonal antibodies showed that Globo H was present on many other cancers, including prostate, gastric, pancreatic, lung, ovarian and colon cancers and only minimal expression on luminal surface of normal secretory tissue which is not readily accessible to immune system. (Ragupathi G, et al. (1997) Angew Chem Int Ed 36: 125-128. ) In addition, it has been established that the serum of breast cancer patient contains high level of anti-Globo H antibody. (Gilewski T et al. (2001) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 98: 3270-3275; Huang C-Y, et al. (2006) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 103: 15-20; Wang C-C, et al. (2008) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 105 (33) : 11661-11666) and patients with Globo H-positive tumors showed a shorter survival in comparison to patients with Globo H-negative tumors. (Chang, Y-J, et al. (2007) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 104 (25) : 10299-10304. ) These findings render Globo H, a hexasaccharide epitope, an attractive tumor marker and a feasible target for cancer vaccine development.Other vaccines and antigens contained therein that can be used in the compositions, combinations and methods described herein include:Other Adjuvants and IngredientsOther Adjuvants can be used in conjunction with the chemical entities described herein and having, e.g., formula I include aluminum hydroxide and aluminum phosphate, saponins e.g., Quil A, QS-21 (Cambridge Biotech Inc., Cambridge Mass. ) , GPI-0100 (Galenica Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Birmingham, Ala. ) , water-in-oil emulsion, oil-in-water emulsion, water-in-oil-in-water emulsion. The emulsion can be based in particular on light liquid paraffin oil (European Pharmacopea type) ; isoprenoid oil such as squalane or squalene; oil resulting from theoligomerization of alkenes, in particular of isobutene or decene; esters of acids or of alcohols containing a linear alkyl group, more particularly plant oils, ethyl oleate, propylene glycol di-(caprylate / caprate) , glyceryl tri- (caprylate / caprate) or propylene glycol dioleate; esters of branched fatty acids or alcohols, in particular isostearic acid esters. The oil is used in combination with emulsifiers to form the emulsion. The emulsifiers are preferably nonionic surfactants, in particular esters of sorbitan, of mannide (e.g. anhydromannitol oleate) , of glycol, of polyglycerol, of propylene glycol and of oleic, isostearic, ricinoleic or hydroxystearic acid, which are optionally ethoxylated, and polyoxypropylene-polyoxyethylene copolymer blocks, in particular the Pluronic products, especially L121. See Hunter et al., The Theory and Practical Application of Adjuvants (Ed. Stewart-Tull, D.E.S. ) . JohnWiley and Sons, NY, pp 51-94 (1995) and Todd et al., Vaccine 15: 564-570 (1997) . For example, it is possible to use the SPT emulsion described on page 147 of "Vaccine Design, The Subunit and Adjuvant Approach" edited by M. Powell and M. Newman, Plenum Press, 1995, and the emulsion MF59 described on page 183 of this same book. Further suitable adjuvants include, but are not limited to, the RIBI adjuvant system (Ribi Inc. ) , Block co-polymer (CytRx, Atlanta GA) , SAF-M (Chiron, Emeryville Calif. ) , monophosphoryl lipid A, Avridine lipid-amine adjuvant, heat-labile enterotoxin from E. coli (recombinant or otherwise) , cholera toxin, IMS 1314 or muramyl dipeptide among many others. Among the copolymers of maleic anhydride and alkenyl derivative, the copolymers EMA (Monsanto) , which are copolymers of maleic anhydride and ethylene, are included. The dissolution of these polymers in water leads to an acid solution that will be neutralized, preferably to physiological pH, in order to give the adjuvant solution into which the immunogenic, immunological or vaccine composition itself will be incorporated.In one aspect of the present invention the pharmaceutical-acceptable carrier is an adjuvant selected from the group consisting of aluminum hydroxide, aluminum phosphate, saponins, water-in-oil emulsion, oil-in-water emulsion, water-in-oil-in-water emulsion, polymers of acrylic or methacrylic acid, copolymers of maleic anhydride and alkenyl derivative, the RIBI adjuvant system, Block co-polymer, SAF-M, monophosphoryl lipid A, Avridine lipid-amine, heat-labile enterotoxin from E. coli (recombinant or otherwise) , cholera toxin, IMS 1314, muramyl dipeptide, and combinations thereof. Thus, according to one aspect, the present application provides an immunogenic composition comprising a) one or more antigens of M. hyorhinis; and one or more antigens of M. hyosynoviae; and b) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, wherein the pharmaceutical-acceptable carrier is an adjuvant selected from the group consisting of aluminum hydroxide, aluminum phosphate, saponins, water-in-oil emulsion, oil-in-water emulsion, water-in-oil-in-water emulsion, polymers of acrylic or methacrylic acid, copolymers of maleic anhydride and alkenyl derivative, the RIBI adjuvant system, Block co-polymer, SAF-M, monophosphoryl lipid A, Avridine lipid-amine, heat-labile enterotoxin from E. coli (recombinant or otherwise) , cholera toxin, IMS 1314, muramyl dipeptide, and combinations thereof. Such vaccine can also comprise one or more antigens of M. hyopneumoniae. Furthermore, one or more of the mycoplasma antigens of such mycoplasma species can be provided as whole inactivated bacterin as described herein above.A further example of an adjuvant is a compound chosen from the polymers of acrylic or methacrylic acid and the copolymers of maleic anhydride and alkenyl derivative. Advantageous adjuvant compounds are the polymers of acrylic or methacrylic acid which are cross-linked, especially with polyalkenyl ethers of sugars or polyalcohols. These compounds are known by the term carbomer (Pharmeuropa Vol. 8, No. 2, June 1996) . Persons skilled in the art can also refer to U. S. Pat. No. 2, 909, 462 which describes such acrylic polymers cross-linked with a polyhydroxylated compound having at least 3 hydroxyl groups, preferably not more than 8, the hydrogen atoms of at least three hydroxyls being replaced by unsaturated aliphatic radicals having at least 2 carbon atoms. The preferred radicals are those containing from 2 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g. vinyls, allyls and other ethylenically unsaturated groups. The unsaturated radicals may themselves contain other substituents, such as methyl. The products sold under the name CARBOPOL. RTM.; (BF Goodrich, Ohio, USA) are particularly appropriate. They are polymers of acrylic acid cross-linked with polyalkenyl ethers or divinyl glycol or cross-linked with an allyl sucrose or with allyl pentaerythritol. Among them, there may be mentioned CARBOPOL. RTM. 974P, 934P and 971P. Most preferred is the use of CARBOPOL. RTM. 971P.Surfactant (s) are typically selected, or combined, or used under conditions providing a proper Hydrophilic-Lipophilic Balance (HLB) to the formulation. The HLB of a surfactant or of a combination of surfactants is a measure of the degree to which it is hydrophilic or lipophilic, determined by calculating values for the different regions of the molecules as described by Griffin (Journal of the Society of Cosmetic Chemists, 1949, 1 (5) , 311-26 and Journal of the Society of Cosmetic Chemists, 1954, 5 (4) , 249-56) .Examples of surfactant used in emulsion vaccines include, without limitation, sorbitan monooleate (Span 80) , polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate (Tween 80) , sorbitan sesquioleate (Span 83) , Lecithin, and mannide monooleate, or mixtures thereof.Vaccines and compositions of the invention optionally further comprise one or several salts. The addition of a salt can inhibit osmosis of water into the oily particles and further stabilize the oily particles. Examples of such salts include, without limitation, sodium chloride, magnesium chloride, sodium sulfate or magnesium sulfate. In a particular embodiment, the salt is sodium chloride.The compositions of the invention may further comprise one or more preservatives that are acceptable in the veterinary field. Without limitation, examples of suitable preservatives include: acids, such as benzoic acid, sorbic acids and sodium or potassium salts thereof; esters, such as methylparaben, ethylparaben and propylaparaben; alcohols, such as chlorobutanol, benzyl alcohol, phenyl ethyl alcohol, phenoxyethanol, phenols such as chlorocresol and o-phenyl phenol; mercurial compounds such as thimerosal, nitromersol, phenylmercuric nitrate and phenylmercuric acetate; quaternary ammonium compounds such as benalkonium chloride and cetyl pyridium chloride. In a preferred embodiment, the preservative is a thimerosal solution, and typically a 10%thimerosal solution.Methods of TreatmentIn some embodiments, this disclosure provides methods for promoting an immune responses in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising chemical entities described herein (e.g., compounds of Formulae disclosed herein) , or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof. In some embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consisting of: UDPS-Heptose, CDPS-Heptose, and ADPS-Heptose.Peritumoral injection of chemical entities described herein (e.g., UDPS-Heptose) rejected tumor growth in several mouse tumor models. Chemical entities described herein (e.g., UDPS-Heptose) have also exhibited systemic immune promotion function. ALPK1 is widely expressed in human (https: / / www. proteinatlas. org / ENSG00000073331-ALPK1 / tissue) . As such, without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that through activation of ALPK1, chemical entities disclosed herein can have beneficial effects in the treatment of multiple types of cancer.Accordingly, in some embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods of using chemical entities described in e.g., compounds of Formulae disclosed herein, including UDPS-Heptose, ADPS-Heptose, and CDPS-Heptose (e.g., serving as ALPK1 agonists) to treat a cancer. The method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of ALPK1 agonist, selected from the chemical entities described herein (e.g., compounds of Formulae disclosed herein) , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, the ALPK1 agonist is selected from the group consisting of UDPS-Heptose, ADPS-Heptose, and CDPS-Heptose.Administration of the chemical entities disclosed herein (e.g., compounds of Formulae disclosed herein) or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof can be via any of the accepted modes of administration, including, but not limited to, orally, subcutaneously, intravenously, intranasally, topically, transdermally, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, intrapulmonarilly, vaginally, rectally, ontologically, neuro-otologically, intraocularly, subconjuctivally, via anterior eye chamber injection, intravitreally, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intracystically, intrapleurally, via wound irrigation, intrabuccally, intra-abdominally, intra-articularly, intra-aurally, intrabronchially, intracapsularly, intrameningeally, via inhalation, via endotracheal or endobronchial instillation, via direct instillation into pulmonary cavities, intraspinally, intrasynovially, intrathoracically, via thoracostomy irrigation, epidurally, intratympanically, intracisternally, intravascularly, intraventricularly, intraosseously, via irrigation of infected bone, or via application as part of any admixture with a prosthetic devices. In some embodiments, the administration method includes oral or parenteral administration.Provided herein are methods for treating cancer in a subject in need thereof, including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a chemical entity described herein (e.g., a compound of Formulae disclosed herein) , or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof, in combination with one or more cancer immunotherapy agents / immune modulators. The cancer immunotherapy agents used herein, are effective to enhance, stimulate, and / or up-regulate immune responses in a subject. Administration of a compound of the present disclosure with a cancer immunotherapy agent has can have a synergistic effect in cancer treatment.In some embodiments, the immunotherapy agent is an agonist of a stimulatory (including a co-stimulatory) receptor or an antagonist of an inhibitory (including a co-inhibitory) signal on immune cells, including but not limited to T-cells, dendritic cells, and natural killer cells, both of which result in amplifying antigen-specific T cell responses (often referred to as immune checkpoint regulators) .In some embodiments, the immunotherapy agents include, but are not limited to, a small molecule drug, antibody, or other biologic molecules. In some embodiments, the biologic immunotherapy agents include, but are not limited to, cancer vaccines, antibodies, therapeutic engineered-immune cells. In some embodiments, the therapeutic engineered-immune cell is a chimeric antigen receptor T cell (CAR-T) , a chimeric antigen receptor natural killer cell (CAR-NK) , or a T cell receptor engineered-T cell (TCR-T) . In some embodiments, the biologic immunotherapy agent is an antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is a monoclonal antibody. In some embodiments, the monoclonal antibody is humanized.In some embodiments, the antibody is an agonist of a stimulatory (including a co-stimulatory) ligand / receptor on immune cells. In some embodiments, the antibody is an antagonist of an inhibitory (including a co-inhibitory) ligand / receptor on immune cells.In some embodiments, the stimulatory or inhibitory ligands / receptors include, but are not limited to, members of B7 family, which includes B7-1, B7-2, B7-H1 (PD-L1) , B7-DC (PD-L2) , B7-H2 (ICOS-L) , B7-H3, B7-H4, B7-H5 (VISTA) , B7-H6, and B7-H7.In some embodiments, the stimulatory or inhibitory ligands / receptors include, but are not limited to, members of the TNF / TNF receptor family, which includes CD40 and CD40L, OX-40, OX-40L, CD70, CD27L, CD30, CD30L, 4-1BBL, CD137 (4-1BB) , TRAIL / Apo2-L, TRAILR1 / DR4, TRAILR2 / DR5, TRAILR3, TRAILR4, OPG, RANK, RANKL, TWEAKR / Fnl4, TWEAK, BAFFR, EDAR, XEDAR, TACI, APRIL, BCMA, LIGHT, DcR3, HVEM, VEGI / TL1A, TRAMP / DR3, EDAR, EDA1, XEDAR, EDA2, TNF-R1, Lymphotoxin α / ΤΝFβ , TNFR2, TNFa, LTBR, Lymphotoxin a1β2, FAS, FASL, RELT, DR6, TROY, NGFR.T cell responses can be stimulated by a combination of anti-CD40 antibodies described herein, e.g., 3C3 and 3G5, and one or more of an antagonist (inhibitor or blocking agent) of a protein that inhibits T cell activation (e.g., immune checkpoint inhibitors) , such as CTLA-4, PD-1, PD-L1, PD-L2, and LAG-3, as described above, and any of the following proteins: TIM-3, Galectin 9, CEACAM-1, BTLA, CD69, Galectin-1, TIGIT, CD113, GPR56, VISTA, B7-H3, B7-H4, 2B4, CD48, GARP, PD1H, LAIR1, TIM-1, and TIM4-4, and / or one or more of an agonist of a protein that stimulates T cell activation, such as B7-1, B7-2, CD28, 4-1BB (CD137) , 4-1BBL, ICOS, ICOS-L, OX40, OX40L, CD70, CD27, CD40, DR3 and CD28H.In some embodiments, the inhibitory ligand / receptor is selected from PD-1, PD-L1, PD-L2, CTLA4, LAG-3, TIM-3, VISTA, and TIGIT. In some embodiments, the inhibitory ligand / receptor is selected from PD-1, PD-L1, and CTLA4. In certain embodiments, the inhibitory ligand / receptor is PD-1 or PD-L1.In some embodiments, the stimulatory ligand / receptor is selected from B7-1, B7-2, CD28, 4-1BB (CD137) , 4-1BBL, ICOS, ICOS-L, OX40, OX40L, GITR, GITRL, CD70, CD27, CD40, DR3 and CD28H. In certain embodiments, the stimulatory ligand / receptor is 4-1BB (CD137) , 4-1BBL, OX40 or OX40L.In some embodiments, the antibody is selected from the group consisting nivolumab, pembrolizumab, pidilizumab, cemiplimab, camrelizumab, tislelizumab, BMS-936559, atezolizumab, durvalumab, and avelumab. In some embodiments, the antibody is nivolumab or pembrolizumab. In some embodiments, the immune checkpoint is CTLA-4. In some embodiments, the antibody is ipilimumab. In some embodiments, the immune checkpoint is TIGIT.In some embodiments, the immunotherapy agent is a therapeutic engineered-immune cell is a chimeric antigen receptor T-cell (CAR-T) , a chimeric antigen receptor natural killer cell (CAR-NK) , or a T-cell receptor engineered T-cell (TCR-T) . In some embodiments, the CAR-T therapy is Kymriah (tisagenlecleucel) , Yescarta (axicabtagene ciloleucel) , or Tecartus (brexucabtagene autoleucel) .Exemplary immunothepray agents that modulate one of the above proteins and may be combined those described herein, for treating cancer, include: YervoyTM (ipilimumab) or Tremelimumab (to CTLA-4) , galiximab (to B7.1) , BMS-936558 / nivolumab (to PD-1) , MK-3475 / pembrolizumab (to PD-1) , AMP224 (to B7DC) , BMS-936559 (to B7-H1) , MPDL3280A / atezolizumab (to B7-H1) , MEDI-570 (to ICOS) , AMG557 (to B7H2) , MGA271 (to B7H3) , IMP321 (to LAG-3) , BMS-663513 (to CD137) , PF-05082566 (to CD137) , CDX-1127 (to CD27) , anti-OX40 (Providence Health Services) , huMAbOX40L (to OX40L) , Atacicept (to TACI) , CP-870893 (to CD40) , Lucatumumab (to CD40) , Dacetuzumab (to CD40) , Muromonab-CD3 (to CD3) , Ipilumumab (to CTLA-4) .In some embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consisting of a compound of Formulae disclosed herein) , or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof. In some embodiments, the ALPK1 agonist is selected from the group consisting of: UDPS-Heptose, ADPS-Heptose, and CDPS-Heptose.Accordingly, in some embodiments, types of cancer include, but are not limited to:1) Breast cancers, including, for example ER+breast cancer, ER-breast cancer, her2-breast cancer, her2+ breast cancer, stromal tumors such as fibroadenomas, phyllodes tumors, and sarcomas, and epithelial tumors such as large duct papillomas; carcinomas of the breast including in situ (noninvasive) carcinoma that includes ductal carcinoma in situ (including Paget's disease) and lobular carcinoma in situ, and invasive (infiltrating) carcinoma including, but not limited to, invasive ductal carcinoma, invasive lobular carcinoma, medullary carcinoma, colloid (mucinous) carcinoma, tubular carcinoma, and invasive papillary carcinoma; and miscellaneous malignant neoplasms. Further examples of breast cancers can include luminal A, luminal B, basal A, basal B, and triple negative breast cancer, which is estrogen receptor negative (ER-) , progesterone receptor negative, and her2 negative (her2-) . In some embodiments, the breast cancer may have a high risk Oncotype score.2) Cardiac cancers, including, for example sarcoma, e.g., angiosarcoma, fibrosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, and liposarcoma; myxoma; rhabdomyoma; fibroma; lipoma and teratoma.3) Lung cancers, including, for example, bronchogenic carcinoma, e.g., squamous cell, undifferentiated small cell, undifferentiated large cell, and adenocarcinoma; alveolar and bronchiolar carcinoma; bronchial adenoma; sarcoma; lymphoma; chondromatous hamartoma; and mesothelioma.4) Gastrointestinal cancer, including, for example, cancers of the esophagus, e.g., squamous cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, leiomyosarcoma, and lymphoma; cancers of the stomach, e.g., carcinoma, lymphoma, and leiomyosarcoma; cancers of the pancreas, e.g., ductal adenocarcinoma, insulinoma, glucagonoma, gastrinoma, carcinoid tumors, and vipoma; cancers of the small bowel, e.g., adenocarcinoma, lymphoma, carcinoid tumors, Kaposi's sarcoma, leiomyoma, hemangioma, lipoma, neurofibroma, and fibroma; cancers of the large bowel, e.g., adenocarcinoma, tubular adenoma, villous adenoma, hamartoma, and leiomyoma.5) Genitourinary tract cancers, including, for example, cancers of the kidney, e.g., adenocarcinoma, Wilm's tumor (nephroblastoma) , lymphoma, and leukemia; cancers of the bladder and urethra, e.g., squamous cell carcinoma, transitional cell carcinoma, and adenocarcinoma; cancers of the prostate, e.g., adenocarcinoma, and sarcoma; cancer of the testis, e.g., seminoma, teratoma, embryonal carcinoma, teratocarcinoma, choriocarcinoma, sarcoma, interstitial cell carcinoma, fibroma, fibroadenoma, adenomatoid tumors, and lipoma.6) Liver cancers, including, for example, hepatoma, e.g., hepatocellular carcinoma; cholangiocarcinoma; hepatoblastoma; angiosarcoma; hepatocellular adenoma; and hemangioma.7) Bone cancers, including, for example, osteogenic sarcoma (osteosarcoma) , fibrosarcoma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma, chondrosarcoma, Ewing's sarcoma, malignant lymphoma (reticulum cell sarcoma) , multiple myeloma, malignant giant cell tumor chordoma, osteochrondroma (osteocartilaginous exostoses) , benign chondroma, chondroblastoma, chondromyxofibroma, osteoid osteoma and giant cell tumors.8) Nervous system cancers, including, for example, cancers of the skull, e.g., osteoma, hemangioma, granuloma, xanthoma, and osteitis deformans; cancers of the meninges, e.g., meningioma, meningiosarcoma, and gliomatosis; cancers of the brain, e.g., astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, glioma, ependymoma, germinoma (pinealoma) , glioblastoma multiform, oligodendroglioma, schwannoma, retinoblastoma, and congenital tumors; and cancers of the spinal cord, e.g., neurofibroma, meningioma, glioma, and sarcoma.9) Gynecological cancers, including, for example, cancers of the uterus, e.g., endometrial carcinoma; cancers of the cervix, e.g., cervical carcinoma, and pre tumor cervical dysplasia; cancers of the ovaries, e.g., ovarian carcinoma, including serous cystadenocarcinoma, mucinous cystadenocarcinoma, unclassified carcinoma, granulosa theca cell tumors, Sertoli Leydig cell tumors, dysgerminoma, and malignant teratoma; cancers of the vulva, e.g., squamous cell carcinoma, intraepithelial carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, fibrosarcoma, and melanoma; cancers of the vagina, e.g., clear cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, botryoid sarcoma, and embryonal rhabdomyosarcoma; and cancers of the fallopian tubes, e.g., carcinoma.10) Hematologic cancers, including, for example, cancers of the blood, e.g., acute myeloid leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, myeloproliferative diseases, multiple myeloma, and myelodysplastic syndrome, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (malignant lymphoma) and macroglobulinemia.11) Skin cancers and skin disorders, including, for example, malignant melanoma and metastatic melanoma, basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, moles dysplastic nevi, lipoma, angioma, dermatofibroma, keloids, and scleroderma.12) Adrenal gland cancers, including, for example, neuroblastoma.Cancers may also occur, as in leukemia, as a diffuse tissue. Thus, the term “tumor cell, ” as provided herein, includes a cell afflicted by any one of the above identified disorders.In certain embodiments, the cancer is metastatic. In certain embodiments, the cancer is refractory.In certain embodiments, the cancer is selected from the group consisting of neuroblastoma, intestinal carcinoma such as rectal carcinoma, colon carcinomas, familiar adenomatous polyposis carcinoma and hereditary non-polyposis colorectal cancer, esophageal carcinoma, labial carcinoma, larynx carcinoma, nasopharyngeal cancers, oral cavity cancers, salivary gland carcinoma, peritoneal cancers, soft tissue sarcoma, urothelial cancers, sweat gland carcinoma, gastric carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, medullary thyroid carcinoma, papillary thyroid carcinoma, renal carcinoma, kidney parenchymal carcinoma, ovarian carcinoma, cervical carcinoma, uterine corpus carcinoma, endometrial carcinoma, pancreatic carcinoma, hepatocellular cancer, prostate carcinoma, testis carcinoma, breast cancers including HER2 Negative, urinary carcinoma, melanoma, brain tumors such as glioblastoma, astrocytoma, meningioma, medulloblastoma and peripheral neuroectodermal tumors, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, Burkitt lymphoma, acute lymphatic leukemia (ALL) , chronic lymphatic leukemia (CLL) , acute myeloid leukemia (AML) , chronic myeloid leukemia (CML) , adult T-cell leukemia lymphoma, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) , hepatocellular carcinoma, multiple myeloma, seminoma, osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, anal canal cancers, adrenal cortex carcinoma, chordoma, fallopian tube cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumors, myeloproliferative diseases, mesothelioma, biliary tract cancers, Ewing sarcoma and other rare tumor types.In certain embodiments, the cancer is selected from the group consisting of: brain cancers, skin cancers, bladder cancers, ovarian cancers, breast cancers, gastric cancers, pancreatic cancers, hepatocellular cancer, prostate cancers, colorectal cancers, blood cancers, lung cancers and bone cancers. In certain embodiments, the cancer is selected from the following group: small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, colorectal cancer, melanoma, renal cell carcinoma, head and neck cancer, Hodgkin's lymphoma or bladder cancer.In certain embodiments, the methods described herein can further include administering one or more additional cancer therapies. The one or more additional cancer therapies can include, without limitation, surgery, radiotherapy, chemotherapy, toxin therapy, immunotherapy, cryotherapy, cancer vaccines (e.g., HPV vaccine, hepatitis B vaccine, Oncophage, Provenge) and gene therapy, as well as combinations thereof. Immunotherapy, including, without limitation, adoptive cell therapy, the derivation of stem cells and / or dendritic cells, blood transfusions, lavages, and / or other treatments, including, without limitation, freezing a tumor.In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods for the treatment of immune or inflammatory related diseases in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a composition comprising chemical entities described herein (e.g., compounds of Formulae disclosed herein) , or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof (e.g., UDPS-Heptose, ADPS-Heptose, CDPS-Heptose, TDPS-Heptose or derivatives thereof) . In some embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consisting of UDPS-Heptose, CDPS-Heptose, and ADPS-Heptose.Non-limiting examples of immune or inflammatory related disease include rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel diseases (IBDs) comprising Crohn disease (CD) and ulcerative colitis (UC) , which are chronic inflammatory conditions with polygenic susceptibility. In certain embodiments, the disease is an inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) . In certain embodiments, the disease is Crohn’s disease, autoimmune colitis, iatrogenic autoimmune colitis, ulcerative colitis, colitis induced by one or more chemotherapeutic agents, colitis induced by treatment with adoptive cell therapy, colitis associated by one or more alloimmune diseases (such as graft-vs-host disease, e.g., acute graft vs. host disease and chronic graft vs. host disease) , radiation enteritis, collagenous colitis, lymphocytic colitis, microscopic colitis, and radiation enteritis. In certain of these embodiments, the condition is alloimmune disease (such as graft-vs-host disease, e.g., acute graft vs. host disease and chronic graft vs. host disease) , celiac disease, irritable bowel syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus, scleroderma, psoriasis, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, uveitis, and mucositis (e.g., oral mucositis, esophageal mucositis or intestinal mucositis) .In certain embodiments, the immune or inflammatory related disease is an autoimmune disease. Non-limiting examples of autoimmune diseases include: arthritis (including rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis) , multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, systemic lupus erythematosis, autoimmune thyroiditis (e.g., Hashimoto’s thyroiditis) , dermatitis (including atopic dermatitis and eczematous dermatitis) , psoriasis, Sjogren's Syndrome, including keratoconjunctivitis sicca secondary to Sjogren's Syndrome, alopecia areata, allergic responses due to arthropod bite reactions, Crohn's disease, aphthous ulcer, iritis, conjunctivitis, keratoconjunctivitis, ulcerative colitis, asthma, allergic asthma, cutaneous lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, vaginitis, proctitis, drug eruptions, leprosy reversal reactions, erythema nodosum leprosum, autoimmune uveitis, allergic encephalomyelitis, acute necrotizing hemorrhagic encephalopathy, idiopathic bilateral progressive sensorineural hearing loss, aplastic anemia, pure red cell anemia, idiopathic thrombocytopenia, polychondritis, Wegener's granulomatosis, chronic active hepatitis, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, idiopathic sprue, lichen planus, Crohn's disease, Graves ophthalmopathy, sarcoidosis, primary biliary cirrhosis, uveitis posterior, and interstitial lung fibrosis.In some embodiments, this disclosure provides methods of promoting systemic immune responses in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a chemical entity described herein (e.g., compounds of Formulae disclosed herein) , or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof (e.g., UDPS-Heptose, ADPS-Heptose, CDPS-Heptose, TDPS-Heptose or derivatives thereof) .In some embodiments, this disclosure provides methods of inducing cytokine production and / or NF-κB pathway activation in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a chemical entity described herein (e.g., compounds of Formulae disclosed herein) , or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof (e.g., UDPS-Heptose, ADPS-Heptose, CDPS-Heptose, TDPS-Heptose or derivatives thereof) .Accordingly, in some embodiments, this disclosure provides methods of treating a disease or disorder associated with NF-κB, p38, and / or JNK cell signaling pathways in a subject in need thereof. In certain embodiments, repressed or impaired NF-κB pathway, p38, and JNK cell signaling contributes to the pathology and / or symptoms and / or progression of the disease.In certain embodiments, the disease or disorder is selected from the group consisting of: autoimmune diseases such as chronic rheumatism, osteoarthritis, systematic lupus erythematosus, systematic scleroderma, polymyositis, Sjoegren's syndrome, vasculitis syndrome, antiphospholipid syndrome, Still's disease, Behcet's disease, periarteritis nodosa, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, active chronic hepatitis, glomerulonephritis, and chronic nephritis, chronic pancreatitis, gout, atherosclerosis, multiple sclerosis, arteriosclerosis, endothelial hypertrophy, psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, allergic disease such as pollinosis, asthma, bronchitis, interstitial pneumonia, lung disease involving granuloma, chronic obstructive lung disease, chronic pulmonary thromboembolism, inflanimatory colitis, insulin resistance, obesity, diabetes and its complications (nephropathy, retinopathy, neurosis, hyperinsulinemia, arteriosclerosis, hypercentiona, peripheral vessel obstruction, etc. ) diseases involving abnormal vascular proliferation such as hyperlipemia, retinopathy, and pneumonia, Alzheimer's disease, encephalomyelitis, acute hepatitis, chronic hepatitis, drug induced toxic hepatopathy, alcoholic hepatitis, viral hepatitis, icterus, cirrhosis, hepatic insufficiency, atrial myxoma, Caslemann's syndrome, mesangial nephritis, kidney cancer, lung cancer, liver cancer, breast cancer, uterine cancer, pancreatic cancer, other solid cancer, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, metastatic invasion of cancer, carceration of inflanimatory focus, cancerous cachexia, metastasis of cancer, leukemia, such as acute myeloblastic leukemia, multiple myeloma, Lennert's lymphoma, malignant lymphoma, development of carcinostatic resistance of cancer, carciration of foci such as viral hepatitis and cirrhosis, carciration from polyp of colon, brain tumor, nervous tumor, endotoxic shock, sepsis, cytome, galoviral pneumonia, cytomegaloviral retinopathy, adenoviral cold, adenoviral pool fever, adenoviral ophthalmia, conjunctivitis, AIDS, uveitis, diseases or complications provoked by infections of other bacteria, viruses, and mycetes, complications after surgery such as generalized inflammatory symptoms, restenosis after percutaneous tubal coronary artery plastic surgery, reperfusion disorders after vascular occulusion opening such as ischemia reperfusion disorders, organ transplantation rejection and perfusion disorders of heart, liver, kidney, or the like, itch, anorexia, malaise, and chronic fatigue syndrome.In certain embodiments, the disease or disorder is selected from the group consisting of tuberculosis, meningitis, pneumonia, ulcer, sepsis, rhinitis, asthma, allergy, COPD, inflammatory bowel disease, arthritis, obesity, radiation-induced inflammation, psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH) , Alzheimer’s disease, systemic lupus, erythematosus (SLE) , autoimmune thyroiditis (Grave’s disease) , multiple sclerosis, ankylosing spondylitis bullous diseases, actinic keratoses, ulcerative colitis, Crohn’s disease, alopecia areata, and diseases and disorders caused by the hepatitis C virus (HCV) , the hepatitis B virus (HBV) , or the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) .In some embodiments, this disclosure provides methods of treatment of a disease in which repressed or impaired ALPK1 signaling contributes to the pathology and / or symptoms and / or progression of the disease comprising administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a chemical entity described herein (e.g., compounds of Formulae disclosed herein) , or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof (e.g., UDPS-Heptose, ADPS-Heptose, CDPS-Heptose, TDPS-Heptose or derivatives thereof) . Non-limiting examples of the diseases include cancers or immune or inflammatory related diseases as described anywhere herein.In some embodiments, this disclosure provides methods of treatment comprising administering to a subject having a disease in which repressed or impaired ALPK1 signaling contributes to the pathology and / or symptoms and / or progression of the disease an effective amount of a chemical entity described herein (e.g., compounds of Formulae disclosed herein) , or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof (e.g., UDPS-Heptose, ADPS-Heptose, CDPS-Heptose, TDPS-Heptose or derivatives thereof) . Non-limiting examples of the diseases include cancers or immune or inflammatory related diseases as described anywhere herein.In some embodiments, this disclosure provides methods of treatment comprising administering to a subject a chemical entity described (e.g., compounds of Formulae disclosed herein) , or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof (e.g., UDPS-Heptose, ADPS-Heptose, CDPS-Heptose, TDPS-Heptose or derivatives thereof) , wherein the chemical entity is administered in an amount effective to treat a disease in which repressed or impaired ALPK1 signaling contributes to the pathology and / or symptoms and / or progression of the disease, thereby treating the disease. Non-limiting examples of the diseases include cancers or immune or inflammatory related diseases as described anywhere herein.Enhancing the efficacy of a vaccineIn another aspect, the present disclosure provides methods for enhancing the efficacy of a vaccine, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of chemical entities described herein (e.g., compounds of Formulae disclosed herein) , or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof. In some embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consisting of: UDPS-Heptose, CDPS-Heptose, and ADPS-Heptose. In some embodiments, the vaccines are cancer vaccines. In some embodiments, the vaccines are bacterial vaccines. In some embodiments, the vaccines are viral vaccines. In some embodiments, the vaccines are parasite vaccines.Also provided herein are methods of enhancing innate immunity in a subject in need thereof, including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of chemical entities described herein (e.g., compounds Formulae disclosed herein) , or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof. In some embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consisting of: UDPS-Heptose, CDPS-Heptose, and ADPS-Heptose.Also provided herein are methods of enhancing innate immunity in a subject in need thereof, including administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of chemical entities described herein (e.g., compounds Formulae disclosed herein) , or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof. In some embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consisting of: UDPS-Heptose, CDPS-Heptose, and ADPS-Heptose.In some embodiments, the vaccine is a composition including, but not limited to an antigen of infectious agents, such as infectious bacterial, viral or parasitic pathogens, including Gram-negative bacterial pathogens belonging to the genus Neisseria (including Neisseria meningitidis, Neisseria gonorrohoeae) , Escherichia (including Escherichia coli) , Klebsiella (including Klebsiella pneumoniae) , Salmonella (including Salmonella typhimurium) , Shigella (including Shigella dysenteriae, Shigella flexneri, Shigella sonnei) , Vibrio (including Vibrio cholerae) , Helicobacter (including Helicobacter pylori) , Pseudomonas (including Pseudo onas aeruginosa) , Burkhoideria (including Burkhoideria multivorans) , Haemophilus (including Haemophilus influenzae) , Moraxella (including Moraxella catarrhalis) , Bordetella (including Bordetella pertussis) , Francisella (including Francisella tularensis) , Pasteurella (including Pasteurella multocida) , Legionella (including Legionella pneumophila) , Borrelia (including Borrelia burgdorferi) , Campylobacter (including Campylobacter jejuni) , Yersinia (including Yersinia pestis and Yersinia enterocolitica) , Rickettsia (including Rickettsia rickettsii) , Treponema (including Treponema pallidum) , Chlamydia (including Chlamydia trachomatis, Chlamydia pneumoniae) and Brucella spp., and including Gram positive bacterial pathogens belonging to the genus Staphylococcus (including Staphylococcus aureus) , Streptococcus (including Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus pyogenes) , Listeria (including Listeria monocytogenes) , Corynebacterium (including Corynebacterium diphtheriae) , Enterococcus (including Enterococcus faecalis) , Clostridium spp., and Mycobacterium (including Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Mycobacterium leprae, Mycobacterium avium) .In some embodiments, the vaccine is a composition including, but not limited to an antigen of infectious agents, such as pathogenic viruses including Adenoviridae (including Adenovirus) , Herpesviridae (including Epstein-Barr virus, Herpes Simplex Viruses, Cytomegalovirus, Varicella Zoster virus) , Papillomviridae, Poxvi idae (including Papillomavirus) , Hepadnaviridae (including Hepatitis B virus) , Parvoviridae, Astroviridae, Caliciviridae, Picornaviridae (including Coxsackievirus, Hepatitis A virus, Poliovirus) , Coronaviridae, Flaviviridae (including Hepatitis C virus, Dengue virus) , Togaviridae (including Rubella virus) , Hepeviridae, Retroviridae (including HIV) , Orthomyxoviridae (including influenza virus, Arenaviridae, Bunyaviridae, Filoviridae, Paramyxoviridae (including Measles virus, Mumps virus, Parainfluenza virus, Respiratory Syncytial virus) , Rhabdoviridae (including Rabies virus) or Reoviridae.In some embodiments, a compound of Formulae disclosed herein, acts as a vaccine adjuvant for a vaccine in the treatment or prevention of anthrax, caries, pneumococcal disease, polio, rabies, rubella, Chagas disease, severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) , shingles, smallpox, syphilis dengue, diphtheria, ehrlichiosis, hepatits A or B, herpes, seasonal influenza, Japanese encephalitis, leprosy, lyme disease, malaria, measles, mumps, meningococcal disease, including meningitis and septicemia, Onchocerciasis river blindness, pertussis (whooping cough) , schistosomiasis, , tetanus, tuberculosis, tularemia, tick-bome encephalitis virus, typhoid fever, trypanosomiasis, yellow fever, or visceral leishmaniasis.In accordance with any of these embodiments, a compound of Formulae disclosed herein, and prodrugs, analogs and derivatives thereof, can serve as an adjuvant to a vaccine composition for the treatment or prevention of a disease or disorder caused by an infectious agent, or for the treatment of cancer as described herein, or for the treatment of another disease or disorder that may be treated with a vaccine composition, including, for example, Alzheimer’s disease. In embodiments, the antigen is selected from amyloid protein in the treatment of Alzheimer’s disease. In embodiments, the antigen is selected from glycoprotein 100 (gpl00) , mucin 1 (MUC1) , and melanoma-associated antigen 3 (MAGEA3) in the treatment of cancer. In embodiments, the cancer is selected from breast, ovarian, hepatocellular cancer, or prostate cancer. In embodiments, the cancer is HTLV-1 T-lymphotropic leukemia.In some embodiments, the vaccine is a composition including, but not limited to an antigen of infectious agents, such as pathogenic fungal infections including those caused by Candida, Aspergillus, Cryptococcus, Histoplasma, Pneumocystis, or Coccidioides.In some embodiments for the treatment or prevention of an infectious disease, the compound of Formulae described herein, and prodrugs, analogs and derivatives thereof, serve as an adjuvant to a vaccine composition for the treatment or prevention of a disease or disorder caused by adenovirus, Coxsackie B virus, Haemophilus influenzae type b (Hib) , hepatictis C virus (HCV) , herpes virus, cytomegalovirus, eastern equine encephalitis virus, hookworm, Marburg virus, norovirus, respiratory syncytial virus (RSV) , rotavirus, Ebola virus, enterovirus 71, Epstein-Barr virus, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) , human papillomavirus (HPV) , Salmonella typhi, Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pyogenes, varicella, West Nile virus, Yersinia pestis, and Zika virus.Combination therapyThis disclosure contemplates both monotherapy regimens as well as combination therapy regimens. In some embodiments, the methods described herein can further include administering one or more additional therapies (e.g., one or more additional therapeutic agents or regimens (e.g., one or more immunotherapeutic agents and / or one or more immunotherapeutic regimens) ) in combination with administration of the compounds described herein. The one or more additional therapeutic agents and / or regimens (e.g., immunotherapeutic agents and / or one or more immunotherapeutic regimens) can include examples generically or specifically described anywhere herein.In certain embodiments, the methods described herein can further include administering one or more additional cancer therapies.The one or more additional cancer therapies can include, without limitation, surgery, radiotherapy, chemotherapy, toxin therapy, immunotherapy, cryotherapy, cancer vaccines (e.g., HPV vaccine, hepatitis B vaccine, Oncophage, Provenge) and gene therapy, as well as combinations thereof. Immunotherapy, including, without limitation, adoptive cell therapy, the derivation of stem cells and / or dendritic cells, blood transfusions, lavages, and / or other treatments, including, without limitation, freezing a tumor.In some embodiments, the one or more additional cancer therapies is chemotherapy, which can include administering one or more additional chemotherapeutic agents. In some embodiments, the one or more additional cancer therapies is immunotherapy, which can include administering one or more additional immunotherapeutic agents.In certain embodiments, the additional immunotherapeutic agent is an immunomodulatory moiety, e.g., an immune checkpoint inhibitor. In certain of these embodiments, the immune checkpoint inhibitor targets an immune checkpoint receptor selected from the group consisting of CTLA-4, PD-1, PD-L1, PD-1 -PD-L1, PD-1 -PD-L2, interleukin‐2 (IL‐2) , indoleamine 2, 3-dioxygenase (IDO) , IL‐10, transforming growth factor-β(TGFβ) , T cell immunoglobulin and mucin 3 (TIM3 or HAVCR2) , Galectin 9 -TIM3, Phosphatidylserine -TIM3, lymphocyte activation gene 3 protein (LAG3) , MHC class II -LAG3, 4‐1BB-4‐1BB ligand, OX40-OX40 ligand, GITR, GITR ligand -GITR, CD27, CD70-CD27, TNFRSF25, TNFRSF25-TL1A, CD40L, CD40-CD40 ligand, HVEM-LIGHT-LTA, HVEM, HVEM -BTLA, HVEM -CD160, HVEM -LIGHT, HVEM-BTLA-CD160, CD80, CD80 -PDL-1, PDL2 -CD80, CD244, CD48 -CD244, CD244, ICOS, ICOS-ICOS ligand, B7‐H3, B7‐H4, VISTA, TMIGD2, HHLA2, TMIGD2, Butyrophilins, including BTNL2, Siglec family, TIGIT and PVR family members, KIRs, ILTs and LIRs, NKG2D and NKG2A, MICA and MICB, CD244, CD28, CD86 -CD28, CD86 -CTLA, CD80 -CD28, CD39, CD73 Adenosine-CD39-CD73, CXCR4-CXCL12, Phosphatidylserine, TIM3, Phosphatidylserine -TIM3, SIRPA-CD47, VEGF, Neuropilin, CD160, CD30, and CD155; e.g., CTLA-4 or PD1 or PD-L1) . See, e.g., Postow, M.J. Clin. Oncol. 2015, 33, 1.In certain of these embodiments, the immune checkpoint inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of: Urelumab, PF‐05082566, MEDI6469, TRX518, Varlilumab, CP‐870893, Pembrolizumab (PD1) , Nivolumab (PD1) , Atezolizumab (formerly MPDL3280A) (PDL1) , MEDI4736 (PD-L1) , Avelumab (PD-L1) , PDR001 (PD1) , BMS‐986016, MGA271, Lirilumab, IPH2201, Emactuzumab, INCB024360, Galunisertib, Ulocuplumab, BKT140, Bavituximab, CC‐90002, Bevacizumab, and MNRP1685A, and MGA271.In certain embodiments, the additional chemotherapeutic agent is an alkylating agent. Alkylating agents are so named because of their ability to alkylate many nucleophilic functional groups under conditions present in cells, including, but not limited to cancer cells. In a further embodiment, an alkylating agent includes, but is not limited to, Cisplatin, carboplatin, mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, ifosfamide and / or oxaliplatin. In an embodiment, alkylating agents can function by impairing cell function by forming covalent bonds with the amino, carboxyl, sulfhydryl, and phosphate groups in biologically important molecules or they can work by modifying a cell's DNA. In a further embodiment an alkylating agent is a synthetic, semisynthetic or derivative.In certain embodiments, the additional chemotherapeutic agent is an anti-metabolite. Anti-metabolites masquerade as purines or pyrimidines, the building-blocks of DNA and in general, prevent these substances from becoming incorporated in to DNA during the "S" phase (of the cell cycle) , stopping normal development and division. Anti-metabolites can also affect RNA synthesis. In an embodiment, an antimetabolite includes, but is not limited to azathioprine and / or mercaptopurine. In a further embodiment an anti-metabolite is a synthetic, semisynthetic or derivative.In certain embodiments, the additional chemotherapeutic agent is a plant alkaloid and / or terpenoid. These alkaloids are derived from plants and block cell division by, in general, preventing microtubule function. In an embodiment, a plant alkaloid and / or terpenoid is a vinca alkaloid, a podophyllotoxin and / or a taxane. Vinca alkaloids, in general, bind to specific sites on tubulin, inhibiting the assembly of tubulin into microtubules, generally during the M phase of the cell cycle. In an embodiment, a vinca alkaloid is derived, without limitation, from the Madagascar periwinkle, Catharanthus roseus (formerly known as Vinca rosea) . In an embodiment, a vinca alkaloid includes, without limitation, Vincristine, Vinblastine, Vinorelbine and / or Vindesine. In an embodiment, a taxane includes, but is not limited, to Taxol, Paclitaxel and / or Docetaxel. In a further embodiment a plant alkaloid or terpernoid is a synthetic, semisynthetic or derivative. In a further embodiment, a podophyllotoxin is, without limitation, an etoposide and / or teniposide. In an embodiment, a taxane is, without limitation, docetaxel and / or ortataxel. In an embodiment, a cancer therapeutic is a topoisomerase. Topoisomerases are essential enzymes that maintain the topology of DNA. Inhibition of type I or type II topoisomerases interferes with both transcription and replication of DNA by upsetting proper DNA supercoiling. In a further embodiment, a topoisomerase is, without limitation, a type I topoisomerase inhibitor or a type II topoisomerase inhibitor. In an embodiment a type I topoisomerase inhibitor is, without limitation, a camptothecin. In another embodiment, a camptothecin is, without limitation, exatecan, irinotecan, lurtotecan, topotecan, BNP 1350, CKD 602, DB 67 (AR67) and / or ST 1481. In an embodiment, a type II topoisomerase inhibitor is, without limitation, epipodophyllotoxin. In a further embodiment an epipodophyllotoxin is, without limitation, an amsacrine, etoposid, etoposide phosphate and / or teniposide. In a further embodiment a topoisomerase is a synthetic, semisynthetic or derivative, including those found in nature such as, without limitation, epipodophyllotoxins, substances naturally occurring in the root of American Mayapple (Podophyllum peltatum) .In certain embodiments, the additional chemotherapeutic agent is a stilbenoid. In a further embodiment, a stilbenoid includes, but is not limited to, Resveratrol, Piceatannol, Pinosylvin, Pterostilbene, Alpha-Viniferin, Ampelopsin A, Ampelopsin E, Diptoindonesin C, Diptoindonesin F, Epsilon-Vinferin, Flexuosol A, Gnetin H, Hemsleyanol D, Hopeaphenol, Trans-Diptoindonesin B, Astringin, Piceid and Diptoindonesin A. In a further embodiment a stilbenoid is a synthetic, semisynthetic or derivative.In certain embodiments, the additional chemotherapeutic agent is a cytotoxic antibiotic. In an embodiment, a cytotoxic antibiotic is, without limitation, an actinomycin, an anthracenedione, an anthracycline, thalidomide, dichloroacetic acid, nicotinic acid, 2-deoxyglucose and / or chlofazimine. In an embodiment, an actinomycin is, without limitation, actinomycin D, bacitracin, colistin (polymyxin E) and / or polymyxin B. In another embodiment, an antracenedione is, without limitation, mitoxantrone and / or pixantrone. In a further embodiment, an anthracycline is, without limitation, bleomycin, doxorubicin (Adriamycin) , daunorubicin (daunomycin) , epirubicin, idarubicin, mitomycin, plicamycin and / or valrubicin. In a further embodiment a cytotoxic antibiotic is a synthetic, semisynthetic or derivative.In certain embodiments, the additional chemotherapeutic agent is selected from abiraterone acetate, altretamine, anhydrovinblastine, auristatin, bexarotene, bicalutamide, BMS 184476, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6-pentafluoro-N- (3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl) benzene sulfonamide, bleomycin, N, N-dimethyl-L-valyl-L-valyl-N-methyl-L-valyl-L-proly-1-Lproline-t-butylamide, cachectin, cemadotin, chlorambucil, cyclophosphamide, 3′, 4′-didehydro-4′-deoxy-8′-norvin-caleukoblastine, docetaxol, doxetaxel, cyclophosphamide, carboplatin, carmustine, cisplatin, cryptophycin, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, dacarbazine (DTIC) , dactinomycin, daunorubicin, decitabine dolastatin, doxorubicin (adriamycin) , etoposide, 5-fluorouracil, finasteride, flutamide, hydroxyurea and hydroxyureataxanes, ifosfamide, liarozole, lonidamine, lomustine (CCNU) , MDV3100, mechlorethamine (nitrogen mustard) , melphalan, mivobulin isethionate, rhizoxin, sertenef, streptozocin, mitomycin, methotrexate, taxanes, nilutamide, onapristone, paclitaxel, prednimustine, procarbazine, RPR109881, stramustine phosphate, tamoxifen, tasonermin, taxol, tretinoin, vinblastine, vincristine, vindesine sulfate, and vinflunine.In certain embodiments, the additional chemotherapeutic agent is platinum, cisplatin, carboplatin, oxaliplatin, mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, azathioprine, mercaptopurine, vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine, vindesine, etoposide and teniposide, paclitaxel, docetaxel, irinotecan, topotecan, amsacrine, etoposide, etoposide phosphate, teniposide, 5-fluorouracil, leucovorin, methotrexate, gemcitabine, taxane, leucovorin, mitomycin C, tegafur-uracil, idarubicin, fludarabine, mitoxantrone, ifosfamide and doxorubicin. Additional agents include inhibitors of mTOR (mammalian target of rapamycin) , including but not limited to rapamycin, everolimus, temsirolimus and deforolimus.In still other embodiments, the additional chemotherapeutic agent can be selected from those delineated in U. S. Patent 7, 927, 613, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.In certain embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a chemotherapeutic and / or immunotherapeutic agent which is selected from the group consisting of endostatin, angiogenin, angiostatin, chemokines, angioarrestin, angiostatin (plasminogen fragment) , basement-membrane collagen-derived anti-angiogenic factors (tumstatin, canstatin, or arrestin) , anti-angiogenic antithrombin III, signal transduction inhibitors, cartilage-derived inhibitor (CDI) , CD59 complement fragment, fibronectin fragment, gro-beta, heparinases, heparin hexasaccharide fragment, human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG) , interferon alpha / beta / gamma, interferon inducible protein (IP-10) , interleukin-12, kringle 5 (plasminogen fragment) , metalloproteinase inhibitors (TIMPs) , 2-methoxyestradiol, placental ribonuclease inhibitor, plasminogen activator inhibitor, platelet factor-4 (PF4) , prolactin 16 kD fragment, proliferin-related protein (PRP) , various retinoids, tetrahydrocortisol-S, thrombospondin-1 (TSP-1) , transforming growth factor-beta (TGF-β) , vasculostatin, vasostatin (calreticulin fragment) and the like.In certain embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an anti-cancer antibody. Non-limiting examples include those described generically or specifically in the table infra.In certain embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent or regimen is administered to the subject prior to contacting with or administering the chemical entity (e.g., about one hour prior, or about 6 hours prior, or about 12 hours prior, or about 24 hours prior, or about 48 hours prior, or about 1 week prior, or about 1 month prior) .In other embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent or regimen is administered to the subject at about the same time as contacting with or administering the chemical entity. By way of example, the additional therapeutic agent or regimen and the chemical entity are provided to the subject simultaneously in the same dosage form. As another example, the additional therapeutic agent or regimen and the chemical entity are provided to the subject concurrently in separate dosage forms.In still other embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent or regimen is administered to the subject after contacting with or administering the chemical entity (e.g., about one hour after, or about 6 hours after, or about 12 hours after, or about 24 hours after, or about 48 hours after, or about 1 week after, or about 1 month after) .Patient SelectionIn some embodiments, the methods described herein further include the step of identifying a subject (e.g., a patient) in need of such treatment (e.g., by way of biopsy, endoscopy, or other conventional method known in the art) . In certain embodiments, the ALPK1 protein can serve as a biomarker for certain types of cancer, e.g., hepatocellular cancer, colon cancer and prostate cancer. In other embodiments, identifying a subject can include assaying the patient’s tumor microenvironment for the absence of T-cells and / or presence of exhausted T-cells, e.g., patients having one or more cold tumors. Such patients can include those that are resistant to treatment with checkpoint inhibitors. In certain embodiments, such patients can be treated with a chemical entity herein, e.g., to recruit T-cells into the tumor, and in some cases, further treated with one or more checkpoint inhibitors, e.g., once the T-cells become exhausted.In some embodiments, the chemical entities, methods, and compositions described herein can be administered to certain treatment-resistant patient populations (e.g., patients resistant to checkpoint inhibitors; e.g., patients having one or more cold tumors, e.g., tumors lacking T-cells or exhausted T-cells) .Compound PreparationThe compounds disclosed herein could be prepared using the method in WO 2022 / 127914 A1, WO 2023 / 051675 A1, WO 2019 / 080898 A1, and WO 2020 / 216327 A1, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.The Representative compounds of the present disclosure are disclosed in Table 1.Table 1: Representative compounds of the present disclosureExample 1. Preparation of di-sodium salt of compound Example 31CThe compound Example 31C was purified by prep-HPLC with TFA system: Column: Xbridge C18, 250*50 mm, 10 μm; Mobile phase A: water containing 0.1%trifluoroacetic acid (v / v) ; Mobile B: acetonitrile. Gradient: 0%~30%B over 20 minutes, then 0%B for 4 minutes. Flow rate: 80 mL / minute.The fraction obtained in the above purification was further treated with a second prep-HPLC. Column: Xbridge C18, 250*50 mm, 10 μm; Mobile phase A: water containing 10 mM NaHCO3; Mobile B: acetonitrile. Gradient: 0%B over 10minutes, then 60%B for 10 minutes. Flow rate: 80 mL / minute.The pure fraction was further treated with a third prep-HPLC to remove extra NaHCO3: Column: Xbridge C18, 250*50 mm, 10 μm; Mobile phase A: purified water; Mobile B: acetonitrile. Gradient: 0%B over 10 minutes, then 60%B for 10 minutes. Flow rate: 80 mL / minute.The pure fraction containing di-sodium salt were collected and then lyophilized at 20-30℃ under <50 Pa to get the di-sodium salt as white amorphous powder.Example 2. Preparation of calcium salt of compound Example 31CIPA / water (1.0 mL, 3 / 1, v / v) , di-sodium salt of compound Example 31C (250 mg) and CaCl2 (33 mg, 1.0 eq) were charged to a reactor with stirring at 25℃ to get a clear solution, which was stirred at 25℃ for 3 days then additional 2.7 mL IPA was added to get thin suspension. This suspension was stirred at 25℃ for totally 7 days, then filtered. The cake was dried to get 116 mg off-white amorphous powder calcium salt.Example 3. Preparation of di-potassium salt of compound Example 31CThe procedures used in the preparation of di-potassium salt of compound Example 31C are the same as those described in Example 1, except that water containing 10 mM KHCO3 was used as Mobile phase A instead of water containing 10 mM NaHCO3.The di-potassium salt was obtained as off-white amorphous powder.Example 4. Preparation of di-ammonium salt of compound Example 31CThe procedures used in the preparation of di-ammonium salt of compound Example 31C are the same as those described in Example 1, except that water containing 10 mM NH4HCO3 was used as Mobile phase A instead of water containing 10 mM NaHCO3.The di-ammonium salt was obtained as off-white amorphous powder.Example 5. Preparation of zinc salt of compound Example 31CThe compound Example 31C (0.78 eq) and ZnCl2 (10 eq) were charged into reactor and stirred for 1 hour. Product was purified by prep-HPLC with TFA system: Column: Xbridge C18, 250*50 mm, 10 μm;Mobile phase A: water containing 0.1%trifluoroacetic acid (v / v) ; Mobile B: acetonitrile. Gradient: 0%~30%B over 20 minutes, then 0%B for 4 minutes. Flow rate: 80 mL / minute.The pure fraction was collected and then lyophilized at 20-30℃ under <50 Pa to get the zinc salt as white amorphous powder.Example 6. Preparation of di-sodium salt of compound Example 323To a reactor was charged compound Example 323 (48 mg) and purified water (4.8 mL) with stirring to get a clear solution, followed by addition of aq. NaOH (0.1%, 1.86 g) at 0~10℃. This solution was lyophilized at 20-30℃ under <50 Pa to obtain 56 mg of di-sodium salt of compound Example 323 as off-white amorphous powder.Example 7. Preparation of di-sodium salt of compound Example 324Compound Example 324 was purified with prep-HPLC with TFA system. This solution was adjusted with 10 mmol / L aq NaHCO3 to pH 7~8, and then the clear solution was enriched. Column: Xbridge C18, 250*50 mm, 10 μm; Mobile phase A: purified water; Mobile B: acetonitrile. Gradient: 0%B over 10 minutes, then 60%B for 10 minutes. Flow rate: 80 mL / minute.The pure fraction containing di-sodium salt was collected and then lyophilized at 20-30℃ under <50 Pa to get di-sodium salt as white amorphous powder.Example 8. Preparation of di-sodium salt of compound Example 325Compound Example 325 was treated with prep-HPLC. Column: Xbridge C18, 250*50 mm, 10 μm;Mobile phase: water containing 10 mM NaHCO3; Flow rate: 50 mL / minute. After neutralization the fraction was further treated with prep-HPLC to remove extra NaHCO3: Column: Xbridge C18, 250*50 mm, 10 μm; Mobile phase A: purified water; Mobile B: acetonitrile. Gradient: 0%B over 10minutes, then 60%B for 10 minutes. Flow rate: 80 mL / minute.The pure fraction containing di-sodium salt was collected and then lyophilized at 20-30℃ under <50 Pa to get di-sodium salt as white amorphous powder.Example 9. Large-scale preparation of di-sodium salt of compound Example 31C Step 1: Transform the compound Example 31C to its di-sodium salt.6.26 kg NMP solution of compound Example 31C was purified by prep-HPLC and a total of 33.8 kg ACN / H2O solution of its di-sodium salt was obtained after enrichment. The purification method and procedure were shown below:1. the column was equilibrated with eluent for 10 min.2. 1 g compound Example 31C (10-50 ml NMP solution) per injection was injected into prep-HPLC.3. the sequence was runned to start separation. The parameters for separation were listed below:4. the pure fraction was collected according to the method.5. the pure fraction was transferred into reactor, then it’s pH was adjusted to 7-8 with 5%NaHCO3 at 2-8℃.6. HPLC purity of di-sodium salt of compound Example 31C in ACN / H2O solution was checked.Step 2: Enrichment of di-sodium salt of compound Example 31C.The enrichment method and procedure were shown below:1. the column was equilibrated with eluent for 10 min.2. pure fraction obtained in step 1 per injection was injected into prep-HPLC.3. the sequence was runned to start separation. The column was washed with 10 mM NaHCO3 for 10 min followed by washed with purified water for 10 min to remove extra inorganic salt, then the product was eluted with aqueous acetonitrile with the gradient shown below. Lastly, the column was washed with acetonitrile for 5 min followed by equilibrating the column with 10 mM NaHCO3for 5 min. The detailed parameters for separation were listed below.4. the front fraction, main fraction and back fraction was collected into drums according to the method.5. the HPLC purity of the ACN / H2O solution of di-sodium salt of compound Example 31C was check and packed. The HPLC purity was typically more than 99.0%at this stge.Step 3: Lyophilization of di-sodium salt of compound Example 31C.a total of 0.157 kg of the di-sodium salt of compound Example 31C was lyophilized from 33.8 kg ACN / H2O solution. The lyophilization method and procedure were shown below:1. 33.8 kg qualified fraction was combined and freezing dried in portions.2. Freeze drying was runned for 48-120 h at 20-30℃ under <50 Pa.3. product was collected and checked for the HPLC purity (typically more than 99.0%) .4. the residue solvent and water content were checked and the qualified product was packed and stored under ≤-20℃.Example 10. Stability evaluation of di-ammonium salt of compound Example 31CAfter the di-ammonium salt of compound Example 31C was prepared, the stoichiometric ratio (free form: ammonium ion) was checked by ion chromatography, and the result showed that the ratio of free form: ammonium ion was 1: 1.6. The result hinted that the di-ammonium salt of compound Example 31C may be unstable and some of which decomposed during lyophilization, which was commonly encountered in other ammonium salts. As a result, the di-ammonium salt of compound Example 31C was not further investigated.Example 11. Physical forms evaluation 1The amorphous free from of compound Example 31C, and the amorphous di-sodium salt, amorphous di-potassium salt, amorphous zinc salt, and amorphous mono-calcium salt thereof were fully evaluated in terms of stability, hygroscopicity and morphic properties.In particular, the following stability evaluations were conducted: the free form and the 4 salt forms (about 10 mg) were weighed into 8 mL glass vials. Then the vials were placed at -20℃ in a tight container, at 5℃ in a tight container, at 25℃ / 60%RH in a tight container, at 40℃ / 75%RH in a tight container, and at 60℃ in a tight container over 1 week. Then, they were checked for HPLC purity and compared with that of initial value (0 day) .The results are shown in the table 1 below, demonstrating that:● The amorphous di-sodium salt was chemically stable under all these conditions.● The amorphous di-potassium salt was chemically stable at -20℃ and 5℃. However, it showed slight degradation at 25℃ / 60%RH, 40℃ / 75%RH and 60℃; the degree of degradation increased with increase of the temperature.● The amorphous mono-calcium salt, the amorphous zinc salt and the amorphous free form were chemically unstable under these conditions. The degree of degradation increased with increase of the temperature.Table 1 stability data (solid stage, closed condition, 7 days) of free acid and 4 salt formsIn addition, hygroscopicity of the free form and 4 salt forms were evaluated by dynamic vapor sorption (DVS) test at 25℃, and the morphic properties were evaluated after the DVS test. The results show that:● The amorphous di-sodium salt was very hygroscopic. It absorbed about 22.0%water from 40%RH to 80%RH at 25℃. After the DVS test, obtained sample was still amorphous form.● The amorphous potassium salt was very hygroscopic. It absorbed about 16.3%-20.0% water from 40%RH to 80%RH at 25℃. After the DVS test, obtained sample was still amorphous form.● The amorphous mono-calcium salt was very hygroscopic. It absorbed about 23.6%water from 40%RH to 80%RH at 25℃. After the DVS test, obtained sample was still amorphous form.● The amorphous zinc salt may decomposition over time based on stability data. It absorbed about 5.9%water from 40%RH to 80%RH at 25℃. After the DVS test, obtained sample was still amorphous form.● The amorphous free form may decomposition over time based on stability data. It absorbed about 4.8%water from 40%RH to 80%RH at 25℃. After the DVS test, obtained sample was still amorphous form.Example 12. Physical forms evaluation 2The amorphous free from of compound Example 325, and the amorphous di-sodium salt thereof were evaluated in terms of chemical stability.In particular, about 10 mg of the amorphous free from and the amorphous di-sodium salt were weighed into 2 mL glass vials. Then the vials were placed at 25℃ / 60%RH with a closed container, and at 40℃ / 75%RH with a closed container for 1 week. Samples after the stress were characterized by HPLC and inspected for color change.The results are shown in the table 2 below, demonstrating that:● The amorphous di-sodium salt was more chemically stable than the amorphous free from under both conditions.● The amorphous di-sodium salt showed no change of color under both conditions, but the amorphous free from was strongly discolored under both conditions.Table 2 stability data (solid stage, closed condition, 7 days) of free acid and di-sodium saltA number of embodiments of the invention have been described. Nevertheless, it will be understood that various modifications may be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. Accordingly, other embodiments are within the scope of the following claims.
Claims
1.A salt of the compound of Formula (X) : or a stereoisomer, stable isotope, prodrug, or a tautomer thereof, wherein:RX is:(A) a moiety having formula (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , or (X-Ic) :wherein:X1 is selected from the group consisting of: C (=O) , C-OH, C=S, C-SH, C-NH2, and C (=NH) ;X3, X5, and X6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, NH, N (RXn) , CH, CRXc, C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ;X4 is N or C;RX2 is -H, RXn, or is absent when a double bond is present between NRX2 and an adjacent ring atom; andeach occurrence ofis independently a single bond or a double bond;· provided that formulas (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , and (X-Ic) each include from 1-2 endocyclic double bonds;· provided that when X4 is C, then a double bond is present between X4 and an adjacent ring atom; and· provided that when formulas (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , and (X-Ic) each include only 1 endocyclic double bond, then X4 is N and / or one or more ofX3, X5, and X6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, NH, N (RXn) , C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ;(B) pyridinyl, pyrmidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, or triazinyl each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-3 RXc, provided that any RXc group that is ortho orpara to a ring nitrogen of (B) is other than –OH, -SH, or NH2;(C) a moiety having formula (X-II) :wherein:X7 is C or N;X8, X9, X10, andX11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: CH, C (RXc) , N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, S, C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ; andeachis independently a single bond or a double bond,provided that from 1-4 ofX7-X11 is independently selected from group consisting of C, CH, C (RXc) , C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) , and (X-II) is aromatic;(D) C6-10 aryl optionally substituted with from 1-4 RXc; or(E) bicyclic heteroaryl having 8-12 ring atoms, wherein from 1-5 ring atoms are heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein one or more ring carbon atoms of the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo and RXc;each occurrence of RXc is independently selected from the group consisting of: Rc, Rb, and- (Lb) b-Rb;each occurrence of RXn is independently selected from the group consisting of: Rd, Rb, and – (Lb) b-Rb;RY, R4a, R4b, R5a, and R5b are each independently selected from the group consisting of:· -H, -D, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido;· C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;· C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;· -OR9, -NReRf;· -Rb or- (Lb) b-Rb;· -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) ; and· –OC (=O) (C1-6 alkyl) optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra; oror, R4a and R5a taken together with the C atoms connecting them form a C3-7 cycloalkyl, or 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-6 substituents selected from the group consisting of: -D, -OH, -SH, -halo, =O, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy;or, R4b and R5b taken together with the C atoms connecting them form a C3-7 cycloalkyl, or 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-6 substituents selected from the group consisting of: -D, -OH, -SH, -halo, =O, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy;L1, L2, L3 and A are each independently selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -S-, -NRL1-, and -C (RL2) (RL2) -;Y1 andY2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: O and S;Y0 andY3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -OR9, -SH, and –SR9,R1, R2, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, –OH, -SH, cyano, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R9, -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) , -OS (=O) 1-2R9, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, and –OR8;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, –OH, -SH, cyano, -C (=O) OH, -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) , -C (=O) NR’R”, -OR10, -OC (=O) R10, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R10, -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) , -OS (=O) 1-2R10, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, and –OR8;R3a is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -SH, -H, -halo, cyano, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, -C (=O) OH, -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) , -C (=O) NR’R”, -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) , C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, –OR8, and –NReRf;each occurrence of R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of:· -C (=O) C1-20 alkyl optionally substituted with from 1-10 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of: Ra, Rb, and- (Lb) b-Rb;· -C (=O) - (Rb2) m1-R8b, wherein each Rb2 is independently a divalent Rb group, m1 is an integer from 1 to 6, and R8b is -H or Rc;· wherein:ο m2 is an integer from 1 to 10;ο each R8c is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl, which is optionally substituted with from 1-4 Ra; -Rb; and – (C1-6 alkylene) -Rb;ο R8d is selected from the group consisting of: -H, -OH, -C1-4 alkoxy, and NReRf; andο R8e is selected from the group consisting of: -H, C1-4 alkyl, C (=O) C1-4 alkyl, and C (=O) OC1-4 alkyl;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C2-6 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, or 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl, or terphenyl, which is optionally substituted with -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy;each occurrence of RL1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’;each occurrence of RL2 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; -halo; -OH; -OR9; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’;each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H, –OH, -halo, –NReRf, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) , -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) , -C (=O) OH, -C (=O) NR’R”, -S (=O) 1-2NR’R”, -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) , and cyano;each occurrence of Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of:· C3-10 cycloalkyl or C3-10 cycloalkenyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;· heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl of 3-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N (H) , N (Rd) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein the heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;· heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N (H) , N (Rd) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl is optionally substitutedwith 1-4 Rc; and· C6-10 aryl optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;each occurrence ofLb is independently selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -NH-, -NRd, -S (=O) 0-2, C (=O) , and C1-3 alkylene optionally substituted with 1-3 Ra;each occurrence ofb is independently 1, 2, 3, or 4;each occurrence of Rc is independently selected from the group consisting of: halo; cyano; C1-10 alkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected Ra; C2-6 alkenyl; C2-6 alkynyl; C1-4 alkoxy; C1-4 haloalkoxy; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; -NReRf; –OH; -SH; -S (=O) 1-2NR’R”; -C1-4 thioalkoxy; -NO2; -OC (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -OC (=O) H; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) H; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) OH; and -C (=O) NR’R”;each occurrence of Rd is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected Ra; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) R’; -C (=O) OR’; -C (=O) NR’R”; C (=NR”) NR’R”; -C (=O) C (=O) R’; -S (=O) 1-2NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2R’; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy; orRe, and Rf taken together with the N atom connecting them form a saturated or unsaturated 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and –OH;preferably, provided that at least one of the following is true:a) R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl;b) R4b is NReRf.wherein the salt is a sodium salt, calcium salt, potassium salt, ammonium salt, or zinc salt.2.The salt of claim 1, wherein RX is selected from the group consisting of: preferably3.The salt of any one of claims 1-2, wherein RY is H.4.The salt of any one of claims 1-3, wherein L1 is –O-.5.The salt of any one of claims 1-4, wherein L2 is –O-.6.The salt of any one of claims 1-5, wherein L3 is –O-.7.The salt of any one of claims 1-6, wherein Y0 is –SH.8.The salt of any one of claims 1-7, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of:-OH, -halo (e.g., -F) , -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) , and –OR8; preferably is –OR8.9.The salt of any one of claims 1-8, wherein R1 is –OH.10.The salt of any one of claims 1-9, wherein R6 and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of: -OH, -SH, -halo (e.g., -F) , -NReRf (e.g., NH2) , -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) , and –OR8; preferably is –OR8.11.The salt of any one of claims 1-10, wherein R6 and R7 are each –OH.12.The salt of any one of claims 1-11, wherein R2 is –OH, -halo (e.g., -F) , -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) , –OR8 or NReRf; preferably is –OR8.13.The salt of any one of claims 1-12, wherein R2 is –OH.14.The salt of any one of claims 1-13, wherein the carbon to which R2 is attached has (S) -stereochemical configuration.15.The salt of any one of claims 1-14, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, halo (e.g., -F) , -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) (e.g., -OP (=O) (OH) 2) , C (=O) OH, NReRf (e.g., NH2) , -C (=O) NR’R”, and –OR8 (e.g., -OC (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) .16.The salt of any one of claims 1-15, wherein R3 is –OH or –OR8; preferably is –OR8.17.The salt of any one of claims 1-16, wherein R3 is –OH.18.The salt of any one of claims 1-17, wherein the moiety is selected from the group consisting of: 19.The salt of any one of claims 1-18, wherein Y1 andY2 are O.20.The salt of any one of claims 1-19, wherein Y3 is –OH.21.The salt of any one of claims 1-20, wherein R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl;R4b is selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -OR9, and -halo.22.A salt of the compound of Formula (I-h) , (I-h-1) , (I-h-2) , (I-h-3) , (I-h-4) or (I-h-5) : or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof, wherein:RX is:(A) a moiety having formula (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , or (X-Ic) :wherein:X1 is selected from the group consisting of: C (=O) , C-OH, C=S, C-SH, C-NH2, and C (=NH) ;X3, X5, and X6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, NH, N (RXn) , CH, CRXc, C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ;X4 is N or C;RX2 is -H, RXn, or is absent when a double bond is present between NRX2 and an adjacent ring atom; andeach occurrence ofis independently a single bond or a double bond;· provided that formulas (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , and (X-Ic) each include from 1-2 endocyclic double bonds;· provided that when X4 is C, then a double bond is present between X4 and an adjacent ring atom; and· provided that when formulas (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , and (X-Ic) each include only 1 endocyclic double bond, then X4 is N and / or one or more ofX3, X5, and X6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, NH, N (RXn) , C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ;(B) pyridinyl, pyrmidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, or triazinyl each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-3 RXc, provided that any RXc group that is ortho orpara to a ring nitrogen of (B) is other than –OH, -SH, or NH2;(C) a moiety having formula (X-II) :wherein:X7 is C or N;X8, X9, X10, andX11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: CH, C (RXc) , N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, S, C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ; andeachis independently a single bond or a double bond,provided that from 1-4 ofX7-X11 is independently selected from group consisting of C, CH, C (RXc) , C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) , and (X-II) is aromatic;(D) C6-10 aryl optionally substituted with from 1-4 RXc; or(E) bicyclic heteroaryl having 8-12 ring atoms, wherein from 1-5 ring atoms are heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein one or more ring carbon atoms of the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo and RXc;each occurrence of RXc is independently selected from the group consisting of: Rc, Rb, and- (Lb) b-Rb;each occurrence of RXn is independently selected from the group consisting of: Rd, Rb, and – (Lb) b-Rb;R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl;R4b and R5b are each independently selected from the group consisting of:· -H, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido;· C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;· C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;· -OR9, -NReRf;· -Rb or- (Lb) b-Rb;· -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) ; and· –OC (=O) (C1-6 alkyl) optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra; orL2 is selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -S-, -NRL1-, and -C (RL2) (RL2) -;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: –OH and –SH;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, –OH, -SH, cyano, –OR10, -OC (=O) R10, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R10, -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) , -OS (=O) 1-2R10, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;R1, R2, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, –OH, -SH, cyano, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R9, -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) , -OS (=O) 1-2R9, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C2-6 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of RL1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’;each occurrence of RL2 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; -halo; -OH; -OR9; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’;each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H, –OH, -halo, –NReRf, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) , -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) , -C (=O) OH, -C (=O) NR’R”, -S (=O) 1-2NR’R”, -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) , and cyano;each occurrence of Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of:· C3-10 cycloalkyl or C3-10 cycloalkenyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;· heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl of 3-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N (H) , N (Rd) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein the heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;· heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N (H) , N (Rd) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl is optionally substitutedwith 1-4 Rc; and· C6-10 aryl optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;each occurrence ofLb is independently selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -NH-, -NRd, -S (=O) 0-2, C (=O) , and C1-3 alkylene optionally substituted with 1-3 Ra;each occurrence ofb is independently 1, 2, 3, or 4;each occurrence of Rc is independently selected from the group consisting of: halo; cyano; C1-10 alkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected Ra; C2-6 alkenyl; C2-6 alkynyl; C1-4 alkoxy; C1-4 haloalkoxy; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; -NReRf; –OH; -SH; -S (=O) 1-2NR’R”; -C1-4 thioalkoxy; -NO2; -OC (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -OC (=O) H; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) H; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) OH; and -C (=O) NR’R”;each occurrence of Rd is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected Ra; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) R’; -C (=O) OR’; -C (=O) NR’R”; C (=NR”) NR’R”; -C (=O) C (=O) R’; -S (=O) 1-2NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2R’; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and –OH;wherein the salt is a sodium salt, calcium salt, potassium salt, ammonium salt, or zinc salt.23.The salt of claim 22, wherein:Rx is selected from the group consisting of: preferably, preferably, preferably, preferably, preferably, preferably, preferably, preferably, preferably, R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl, preferably, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl that containing one to three double bond or triple bond, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing cumulated double bonds, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing conjugate double bonds, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing independent double bonds, preferably, ethenyl, propenyl, ethynyl, and propynyl, preferably, ethenyl, and ethynyl;R4b is selected from the group consisting of: -H, –OH, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, and -halo, preferably, -F, -OH, -OR9, and -NReRf, preferably, -F, -OH, -OMe, and -NH2, preferably, -F, -OH, and -OMe;R5b is independently selected from the group consisting of:· -H, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido;· C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;· C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;· -OR9, -NReRf;· –OC (=O) (C1-6 alkyl) optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;preferably, R5b is -OH;L2 is selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -S-, -NRL1-, and -C (RL2) (RL2) -, preferably, -O-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: –OH and –SH, preferably, -SH;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, –OH, -SH, cyano, –OR10, -OC (=O) R10, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R10, -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) , -OS (=O) 1-2R10, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;R1, R2, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, –OH, -SH, cyano, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R9, -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) , -OS (=O) 1-2R9, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;preferably, R2 is -halo, –OH, or -OC (=O) R9, preferably, –OH, or -OC (=O) R9, preferably, –OH, or -OC (=O) C1-6 alkyl, preferably, -OH;preferably, R3 is selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -OR10, and -OC (=O) R10, preferably, –OH, or -OC (=O) C1-20 alkyl, preferably, -OH;preferably, R1, R6, and R7 are each independently –OH, or -OC (=O) R9, preferably, –OH, or -OC (=O) C1-6 alkyl, preferably, -OH;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C2-6 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, or 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, or 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of RL1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’;each occurrence of RL2 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; -halo; -OH; -OR9; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’;each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; –OH; -halo; –NReRf; C1-4 alkoxy; C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) OH; -C (=O) NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; and cyano;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) R’; -C (=O) OR’; -C (=O) NR’R”; C (=NR”) NR’R”; -C (=O) C (=O) R’; -S (=O) 1-2NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2R’; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and –OH.24.The salt of claim 22, wherein:Rx is as defined in claim 23;R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl, preferably, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl that containing one to three double bond or triple bond, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing cumulated double bonds, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing conjugate double bonds, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing independent double bonds, preferably, ethenyl, propenyl, ethynyl, and propynyl, preferably, ethenyl, and ethynyl;R4b is selected from the group consisting of: -H, –OH, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, and -halo, preferably, -F, -OH, -OR9, and -NReRf, preferably, -F, -OH, -OMe, and -NH2, preferably, -F, -OH, and -OMe;R5b is independently selected from the group consisting of:· -H, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido;· C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;· -OR9, -NReRf;preferably, R5b is -OH;L2 is selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -S-, -NH-, -N (C1-3 alkyl) -, -CH2-, -CF2-, –CHF-, -CH (C1-3 alkyl) -, and -C (C1-3 alkyl) OH-, preferably, -O-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: –OH and –SH, preferably, -SH;R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -halo, –OH, -OR9, and -OC (=O) R9, preferably, -halo, –OH, or -OC (=O) R9, preferably, –OH, or -OC (=O) R9, preferably, –OH, or -OC (=O) C1-6 alkyl, preferably, -OH;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -OR10, and -OC (=O) R10, preferably, –OH, or -OC (=O) C1-20 alkyl, preferably, -OH;R1, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -OR9, and -OC (=O) R9, preferably, –OH, or -OC (=O) C1-6 alkyl, preferably, -OH;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; –OH; -halo; –NReRf; C1-4 alkoxy; C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) OH; -C (=O) NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; and cyano;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) R’; -C (=O) OR’; -C (=O) NR’R”; C (=NR”) NR’R”; -C (=O) C (=O) R’; -S (=O) 1-2NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2R’; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and –OH.25.The salt of claim 22, wherein:Rx is as defined in claim 23;R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl, preferably, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl that containing one to three double bond or triple bond, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing cumulated double bonds, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing conjugate double bonds, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing independent double bonds, preferably, ethenyl, propenyl, ethynyl, and propynyl, preferably, ethenyl, and ethynyl;R4b is selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, and -halo;R5b is selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -OR9, -NReRf, and -halo;L2 is –O-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: –OH and –SH;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, –OH, -SH, cyano, –OR10, -OC (=O) R10, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R10, -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) , -OS (=O) 1-2R10, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;R1, R2, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, –OH, -SH, cyano, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R9, -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) , -OS (=O) 1-2R9, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C2-6 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and –OH.26.The salt of claim 22, wherein:Rx is as defined in claim 23;R4a is selected from the group consisting of: C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl, preferably, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl that containing one to three double bond or triple bond, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing cumulated double bonds, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing conjugate double bonds, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, and C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing independent double bonds, preferably, ethenyl, propenyl, ethynyl, and propynyl, preferably, ethenyl, and ethynyl;R4b is selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -OR9, -NReRf, and –halo, preferably –OH, and -halo;R5b is selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -OR9, and -NReRf;L2 is –O-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: –OH and –SH;R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -halo, –OH, -OR9, and -OC (=O) R9;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -OR10, and -OC (=O) R10;R1, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -OR9, and -OC (=O) R9;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and –OH.27.The salt of claim 22, wherein:Rx is as defined in claim 23;R4a is C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, preferably, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl that containing one to three double bond or triple bond, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing cumulated double bonds, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing conjugate double bonds, preferably C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 haloalkenyl that containing independent double bonds, preferably, ethenyl, propenyl, ethynyl, or propynyl, preferably, ethenyl, or ethynyl;R4b is selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -OMe, -NH2, and –F, preferably, –F;R5b is selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -NH2, -NHMe, -NMe2, and -NHAc, preferably, -OH;L2 is –O-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: –OH and –SH, preferably -SH;R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -F, -OH, and -OAc, preferably –OH, or -OAc, preferably, -OH;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, and –OC (=O) C1-20 alkyl, preferably -OH, and -OAc, preferably, -OH;R1, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: -OH, and –OAc, preferably, -OH.28.The salt of claim 22, wherein:Rx is selected from the group consisting of: preferably, preferably, preferably, R4a is C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 haloalkenyl, preferably, ethenyl, propenyl, ethynyl, or propynyl, preferably, ethenyl, or ethynyl, preferably, ethenyl;R4b is selected from the group consisting of: H, –OH, -OMe, -NH2, and –F, preferably, –OH, and –F, preferably, –OH;R5b is selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -NH2, -NHMe, -NMe2, and -NHAc, preferably, -OH;L2 is –O-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: –OH and –SH, preferably -SH;R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -F, -OH, and –OC (=O) C1-6 alkyl, preferably –OH, or -OAc, preferably, -OAc;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, and –OC (=O) C1-20 alkyl, preferably -OH, and -OAc, preferably, -OAc;R1, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: -OH, and –OAc, preferably, –OAc.29.A salt of the compound of Formula (I-k) , (I-k-1) , (I-k-2) , (I-k-3) , (I-k-4) or (I-k-5) : or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof, wherein:RX is:(A) a moiety having formula (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , or (X-Ic) :wherein:X1 is selected from the group consisting of: C (=O) , C-OH, C=S, C-SH, C-NH2, and C (=NH) ;X3, X5, and X6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, NH, N (RXn) , CH, CRXc, C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ;X4 is N or C;RX2 is -H, RXn, or is absent when a double bond is present between NRX2 and an adjacent ring atom; andeach occurrence ofis independently a single bond or a double bond;· provided that formulas (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , and (X-Ic) each include from 1-2 endocyclic double bonds;· provided that when X4 is C, then a double bond is present between X4 and an adjacent ring atom; and· provided that when formulas (X-Ia) , (X-Ib) , and (X-Ic) each include only 1 endocyclic double bond, then X4 is N and / or one or more ofX3, X5, and X6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, NH, N (RXn) , C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ;(B) pyridinyl, pyrmidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, or triazinyl each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-3 RXc, provided that any RXc group that is ortho orpara to a ring nitrogen of (B) is other than –OH, -SH, or NH2;(C) a moiety having formula (X-II) :wherein:X7 is C or N;X8, X9, X10, andX11 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: CH, C (RXc) , N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, S, C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) ; andeachis independently a single bond or a double bond,provided that from 1-4 ofX7-X11 is independently selected from group consisting of C, CH, C (RXc) , C (=O) , C (=S) , C (=NH) , and C (=NRXn) , and (X-II) is aromatic;(D) C6-10 aryl optionally substituted with from 1-4 RXc; or(E) bicyclic heteroaryl having 8-12 ring atoms, wherein from 1-5 ring atoms are heteroatoms each independently selected from the group consisting of: N, N (H) , N (RXn) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein one or more ring carbon atoms of the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with from 1-4 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of oxo and RXc;each occurrence of RXc is independently selected from the group consisting of: Rc, Rb, and- (Lb) b-Rb;each occurrence of RXn is independently selected from the group consisting of: Rd, Rb, and – (Lb) b-Rb;R4a and R5b are independently selected from the group consisting of:· -H, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido;· C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;· C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;· -OR9, -NReRf;· -Rb or- (Lb) b-Rb;· -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) ; and· –OC (=O) (C1-6 alkyl) optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;L2 is selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -S-, -NRL1-, and -C (RL2) (RL2) -;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: –OH and –SH;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, –OH, -SH, cyano, –OR10, -OC (=O) R10, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R10, -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) , -OS (=O) 1-2R10, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;R1, R2, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, –OH, -SH, cyano, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R9, -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) , -OS (=O) 1-2R9, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C2-6 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of RL1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’;each occurrence of RL2 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; -halo; -OH; -OR9; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’;each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; –OH; -halo; –NReRf; C1-4 alkoxy; C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) OH; -C (=O) NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; and cyano;each occurrence of Rb is independently selected from the group consisting of:· C3-10 cycloalkyl or C3-10 cycloalkenyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;· heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl of 3-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N (H) , N (Rd) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein the heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;· heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N (H) , N (Rd) , O, and S (=O) 0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl is optionally substitutedwith 1-4 Rc; and· C6-10 aryl optionally substituted with 1-4 Rc;each occurrence ofLb is independently selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -NH-, -NRd, -S (=O) 0-2, C (=O) , and C1-3 alkylene optionally substituted with 1-3 Ra;each occurrence ofb is independently 1, 2, 3, or 4;each occurrence of Rc is independently selected from the group consisting of: halo; cyano; C1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected Ra; C2-6 alkenyl; C2-6 alkynyl; C1-4 alkoxy; C1-4 haloalkoxy; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; -NReRf; –OH; -SH; -S (=O) 1-2NR’R”; -C1-4 thioalkoxy; -NO2; -OC (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -OC (=O) H; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) H; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) OH; and -C (=O) NR’R”;each occurrence of Rd is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected Ra; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) R’; -C (=O) OR’; -C (=O) NR’R”; C (=NR”) NR’R”; -C (=O) C (=O) R’; -S (=O) 1-2NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2R’; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy; orRe, and Rf taken together with the N atom connecting them form a saturated or unsaturated 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and –OH;wherein the salt is a sodium salt, calcium salt, potassium salt, ammonium salt, or zinc salt.30.The salt of claim 29, wherein:Rx is selected from the group consisting of: preferably, preferably, preferably, preferably, preferably, preferably, preferably, preferably, R4a and R5b are independently selected from the group consisting of:· -H, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido;· C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;· C1-4 alkoxy or C1-4 thioalkoxy, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;· -OR9, -NReRf;· –OC (=O) (C1-6 alkyl) optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;preferably, R4a is -H, and R5b is -OH;L2 is selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -S-, -NRL1-, and -C (RL2) (RL2) -;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: –OH and –SH;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, –OH, -SH, cyano, –OR10, -OC (=O) R10, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R10, -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) , -OS (=O) 1-2R10, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;R1, R2, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, –OH, -SH, cyano, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R9, -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) , -OS (=O) 1-2R9, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C2-6 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, or 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, or 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of RL1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’;each occurrence of RL2 is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; -halo; -OH; -OR9; C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’;each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; –OH; -halo; –NReRf; C1-4 alkoxy; C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) OH; -C (=O) NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; and cyano;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) R’; -C (=O) OR’; -C (=O) NR’R”; C (=NR”) NR’R”; -C (=O) C (=O) R’; -S (=O) 1-2NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2R’; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy; orRe, and Rf taken together with the N atom connecting them form a saturated or unsaturated 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and –OH;preferably, both Re and Rf are C1-6 alkyl, such as -Me.31.The salt of claim 29, wherein:Rx is as defined in claim 30;R4a is selected from the group consisting of: -H, –halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl;R5b is independently selected from the group consisting of:· -H, -OH, -SH, -halo, cyano, or azido;· C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, or C2-6 haloalkynyl, each of which is optionally substituted with from 1-6 Ra;· -OR9, -NReRf;preferably, R4a is -H, and R5b is -OH;L2 is selected from the group consisting of: -O-, -S-, -NH-, -N (C1-3 alkyl) -, -CH2-, -CF2-, –CHF-, -CH (C1-3 alkyl) -, and -C (C1-3 alkyl) OH-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: –OH and –SH;R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -halo, –OH, -OR9, and -OC (=O) R9;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -OR10, and -OC (=O) R10;R1, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -OR9, and -OC (=O) R9;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of Ra is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; –OH; -halo; –NReRf; C1-4 alkoxy; C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) O (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) (C1-4 alkyl) ; -C (=O) OH; -C (=O) NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2 (C1-4 alkyl) ; and cyano;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; -C (=O) R’; -C (=O) OR’; -C (=O) NR’R”; C (=NR”) NR’R”; -C (=O) C (=O) R’; -S (=O) 1-2NR’R”; -S (=O) 1-2R’; -OH; and C1-4 alkoxy; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and –OH;preferably, both Re and Rf are C1-6 alkyl, such as -Me.32.The salt of claim 29, wherein:Rx is as defined in claim 30;R4a is selected from the group consisting of: -H, –halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl;R5b is selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -OR9, -NReRf, and -halo;L2 is –O-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: –OH and –SH;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, –OH, -SH, cyano, –OR10, -OC (=O) R10, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R10, -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) , -OS (=O) 1-2R10, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;R1, R2, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H, D, -halo, –OH, -SH, cyano, -OR9, -OC (=O) R9, -NReRf, -NReC (=O) R9, -OP (=O) (OR’) (OR”) , -OS (=O) 1-2R9, C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, C2-6 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and –OH;preferably, both Re and Rf are C1-6 alkyl, such as -Me.33.The salt of claim 29, wherein:Rx is as defined in claim 30;R4a is selected from the group consisting of: -H, –halo, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 haloalkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, and C2-6 haloalkynyl;R5b is selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -OR9, and -NReRf;L2 is –O-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: –OH and –SH;R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -halo, –OH, -OR9, and -OC (=O) R9;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -OR10, and -OC (=O) R10;R1, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -OR9, and -OC (=O) R9;each occurrence of R9 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-6 alkyl, and C1-6 haloalkyl;each occurrence of R10 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C1-20 alkyl, C1-20 haloalkyl, C2-20 alkenyl, C2-20 haloalkenyl, C2-20 alkynyl, C2-20 haloalkynyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, 3-to 7-membered heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, and 5-to 10-membered heteroaryl;each occurrence of Re and Rf is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of NR’R”, -OH, halo, C1-4 alkoxy, and C1-4 haloalkoxy; and -C (=O) R’; andeach occurrence of R’ and R” is independently selected from the group consisting of: -H; C1-4 alkyl or C1-4 haloalkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of: halo, cyano, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-4 haloalkoxy, and –OH;preferably, both Re and Rf are C1-6 alkyl, such as -Me.34.The salt of claim 29, wherein:Rx is as defined in claim 30;R4a is -H, or Me, preferably -H;R5b is selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -NH2, -NHMe, -NMe2, and -NHAc, preferably -OH;L2 is –O-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: –OH and –SH, preferably -SH;R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -F, -OH, and -OAc, preferably -OH;R1, R3, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: -OH, and –OAc, preferably -OH;each occurrence of Re and Rf is -H; C1-6 alkyl or -C (=O) C1-4 alkyl, preferably -H or C1-6 alkyl; preferably, both Re and Rf are C1-6 alkyl, such as -Me.35.The salt of claim 29, wherein:Rx is selected from the group consisting of: preferablyR4a is -H, or Me, preferably -H;R5b is selected from the group consisting of: –OH, -NH2, -NHMe, -NMe2, and -NHAc, preferably -OH;L2 is –O-;Y0 is selected from the group consisting of: –OH and –SH, preferably -SH;R2 is selected from the group consisting of: -F, -OH, and -OAc, preferably –OAc;R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -OH, and –OC (=O) C1-20 alkyl, preferably -OH, and -OAc, preferably, -OAc;R1, R6, and R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: -OH, and –OAc, preferably –OAc;each occurrence of Re and Rf is -H; C1-6 alkyl or -C (=O) C1-4 alkyl, preferably -H or C1-6 alkyl; preferably, both Re and Rf are C1-6 alkyl, such as -Me.36.A salt of the compound selected from the group consisting of: or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof,wherein the salt is a sodium salt, calcium salt, potassium salt, ammonium salt, or zinc salt.37.A salt of the compound selected from the group consisting of: or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof,wherein the salt is a sodium salt, calcium salt, potassium salt, ammonium salt, or zinc salt.38.The salt of any one of claims 1-37, wherein the salt is a sodium salt.39.A salt of the compound, wherein the salt is selected from the group consisting of: or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof.40.A salt of the compound, wherein the salt is selected from the group consisting of: or a stereoisomer, a stable isotope, a prodrug, or a tautomer thereof.41.A pharmaceutical composition, comprising:the salt, or the stereoisomer, the stable isotope, the prodrug, or the tautomer thereof according to any one of claims 1-40;pharmaceutically acceptable excipient (s) ; andoptionally, one or more other therapeutic agents.42.A kit, comprising:a first container which contains the salt, or the stereoisomer, the stable isotope, the prodrug, or the tautomer thereof according to any one of claims 1-40; andoptionally, a second container which contains one or more other therapeutic agents; andoptionally, a third container which contains pharmaceutically acceptable excipient (s) for diluting or suspending the said compound and / or other therapeutic agent (s) .43.A method of preparing the salt according to any one of claims 1-40, comprising the following steps:a) a solution of the compound according to any one of claims 1-40 in ACN / H2O is treated with NaHCO3 to a pH of 7-8.3;b) the solution of step a) is enriched by a HPLC column, by washing with NaHCO3 solution;c) the fraction containing the salt was collected and lyophilized to afford the salt.44.The method of claim 43, wherein the NaHCO3 in step a) is a 1%-50%NaHCO3 solution, preferably 3%-20%NaHCO3 solution, preferably 5%-10%NaHCO3 solution, preferably 5%NaHCO3 solution.45.The method of claim 44, wherein the NaHCO3 solution is added at 2-8℃.46.The method of any one of claims 43-45, wherein before the step a) , the compound (optionally in a NMP, DMF, THF, DCM, DMSO solution) is subjected to a HPLC purification.47.The method of any one of claims 43-46, wherein the HPLC is washed with water containing 0.1%trifluoroacetic acid (v / v) as mobile phase A, and acetonitrile as mobile phase B, to afford the solution of the compound in ACN / H2O.48.The method of any one of claims 43-47, wherein in the step b) , the column is washed with 1-1000 mM NaHCO3, preferably 1-200 mM NaHCO3, preferably 1-150 mM NaHCO3, preferably 5-120 mM NaHCO3, preferably 10 mM NaHCO3.49.The method of any one of claims 43-48, wherein in the step b) , following washing with NaHCO3, the HPLC column is further washed with purified water to remove extra inorganic salt.50.The method of any one of claims 43-49, wherein in the step b) , the HPLC column is eluted with aqueous acetonitrile to afford the fraction containing the salt.51.The method of any one of claims 43-50, wherein in the step c) , the lyophilization was runned at <30℃ under <50 Pa for at least 24h.
Citation Information
Patent Citations
Nucleoside-thiodiphosphate-heptose compounds for treating conditions associated with ALPK1 activity
WO2022127914A1